WO2013084263A1 - Digital broadcast transmitting/receiving system, receiver apparatus, and sending apparatus - Google Patents

Digital broadcast transmitting/receiving system, receiver apparatus, and sending apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2013084263A1
WO2013084263A1 PCT/JP2011/006843 JP2011006843W WO2013084263A1 WO 2013084263 A1 WO2013084263 A1 WO 2013084263A1 JP 2011006843 W JP2011006843 W JP 2011006843W WO 2013084263 A1 WO2013084263 A1 WO 2013084263A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
segment
information
unit
broadcast
pilot
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2011/006843
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
翼 鈴木
崇 豊村
小畑　信一
城杉　孝敏
村上　真一
若林　昇
Original Assignee
日立コンシューマエレクトロニクス株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日立コンシューマエレクトロニクス株式会社 filed Critical 日立コンシューマエレクトロニクス株式会社
Priority to PCT/JP2011/006843 priority Critical patent/WO2013084263A1/en
Publication of WO2013084263A1 publication Critical patent/WO2013084263A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/20—Servers specifically adapted for the distribution of content, e.g. VOD servers; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/25—Management operations performed by the server for facilitating the content distribution or administrating data related to end-users or client devices, e.g. end-user or client device authentication, learning user preferences for recommending movies
    • H04N21/258—Client or end-user data management, e.g. managing client capabilities, user preferences or demographics, processing of multiple end-users preferences to derive collaborative data
    • H04N21/25866—Management of end-user data
    • H04N21/25891—Management of end-user data being end-user preferences
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/43—Processing of content or additional data, e.g. demultiplexing additional data from a digital video stream; Elementary client operations, e.g. monitoring of home network or synchronising decoder's clock; Client middleware
    • H04N21/442—Monitoring of processes or resources, e.g. detecting the failure of a recording device, monitoring the downstream bandwidth, the number of times a movie has been viewed, the storage space available from the internal hard disk
    • H04N21/44213—Monitoring of end-user related data
    • H04N21/44222—Analytics of user selections, e.g. selection of programs or purchase activity
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/80—Generation or processing of content or additional data by content creator independently of the distribution process; Content per se
    • H04N21/83—Generation or processing of protective or descriptive data associated with content; Content structuring
    • H04N21/835—Generation of protective data, e.g. certificates
    • H04N21/8352—Generation of protective data, e.g. certificates involving content or source identification data, e.g. Unique Material Identifier [UMID]

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to digital broadcasting transmission technology and reception technology for transmitting digital information such as video, audio and data.
  • Patent Document 1 when transmitting various pieces of information in segment units, a plurality of segments are processed and transmitted at the same time, and the receiver side selects an arbitrary segment from the received signal. It was possible to select and demodulate.
  • Patent Document 1 discloses that the transmitting side transmits various pieces of information on a segment basis, and the receiving side selects and demodulates an arbitrary segment.
  • the present invention has been made in view of such a situation, and an object thereof is to provide a transmission device or a reception device that associates information between segments and can select and demodulate segments according to the association. There is to do.
  • information between segments can be associated on the transmission side, and a segment can be selected and demodulated on the reception side according to the association, so that the amount of information that can be transmitted in one segment
  • the above information can be processed, and information on segments other than the selected and demodulated segments can be obtained.
  • FIG. 1 is a block diagram showing a system configuration of digital broadcast distribution in Embodiment 1 according to the present invention.
  • 101 is a content transmission device
  • 102 is a data transmission device for loss compensation
  • 103 is a license management device
  • 104 is a payment system / customer management system
  • 105 is a removable medium
  • 106 is a reception device
  • 107 is a storage device
  • 108 is metadata transmission Device.
  • Content to be distributed and metadata storing information related to the content are stored in the storage device 107 and registered in the content transmission device 101 for distribution.
  • the registered content and metadata are transmitted from the content transmitting apparatus 101 via broadcast waves together with access control common information and access control individual information.
  • the metadata may be transmitted from the metadata transmission apparatus 108 via communication as well as via broadcast waves.
  • Information relating to whether or not viewing is possible is managed by the license management apparatus 103 and the settlement system / customer management system 104, and access control common information and access control individual information are supplied to the content transmission apparatus 101.
  • the access control common information and the access control individual information may be distributed not only from the content transmission apparatus 101 via broadcast waves but also from the license management apparatus 103 via communication.
  • the access control common information and the access control individual information may be stored in the removable medium 105 and delivered directly to the user or sold through a store.
  • the deficiency complementing data sending device 102 has a function of sending data for repairing a deficiency when there is a deficiency in the content distributed by the broadcast wave when the receiving device 106 receives the content.
  • the missing complement data sending device 102 sends the missing complement data via communication in accordance with the missing complement data request from the receiving device 106. After the reception of the missing complement data is completed, the receiving device 106 transmits a reception report to the missing complement data sending device.
  • the content transmission device 101, the defect complement data transmission device 102, the license management device 103, the payment system / customer management system 104, the storage device 107, and the metadata transmission device 108 are all described as separate devices. There may be a device having a plurality of functions, and the present invention is not limited to the configuration of FIG.
  • Real-time broadcasting is a streaming-type distribution, and is a service for reproducing the content at the same time as receiving a broadcast wave.
  • pushcast broadcasting is download-type distribution and is a service that is played back at an arbitrary timing after receiving a broadcast wave.
  • the content transmission apparatus 101 transmits all content, metadata, access control common information, and access control individual information via broadcast waves.
  • the content transmission apparatus 101 acquires the access control common information and the access control individual information from the license management apparatus 103 in advance in order to transmit the access control common information and the access control individual information.
  • the receiving apparatus 106 separates / extracts content, metadata, access control common information, and access control individual information from the broadcast wave, and decodes the content using the acquired access control common information and access control individual information.
  • the access control individual information may be distributed from the license management apparatus 103 via the network or the removable media 105 from the viewpoint of effective use of the broadcast band.
  • the receiving apparatus 106 needs to obtain the access control individual information in advance before receiving the content.
  • the content sending apparatus 101 sends all content, metadata, access control common information, and access control individual information via broadcast waves.
  • the content transmission apparatus 101 acquires the access control common information and the access control individual information from the license management apparatus 103 in advance in order to transmit the access control common information and the access control individual information.
  • the receiving apparatus 106 separates / extracts content, metadata, access control common information, and access control individual information from the broadcast wave, and decodes the content using the acquired access control common information and access control individual information.
  • the metadata may be distributed from the metadata transmission device 108 via a network.
  • the access control common information and the access control individual information may be distributed from the license management apparatus 103 via a network or via the removable medium 105.
  • the receiving device 106 needs to obtain the access control individual information via the network or the removable medium 105 by the time of content reproduction.
  • the content transmission apparatus 101 may repeatedly transmit specific content multiple times in a certain time zone.
  • the content stored in the receiving device 106 may be repaired by sending data for defect complementation. If the receiving device 106 determines that the accumulated content is missing, the receiving device 106 transmits a missing complement data request to the missing complement data sending device 102 via the network. In response to the missing complement data request, the missing complement data sending device 102 sends the missing complement data to the receiving device 106 via the network. The receiving device 106 receives the missing complement data and attempts to repair the accumulated content, and transmits a reception report to the missing complement data sending device 102 via the network.
  • FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing a detailed configuration inside the content transmission apparatus 101.
  • a plurality of MPEG-2 transport streams (hereinafter referred to as TS) are each subjected to transmission path coding processing, and then subjected to a plurality of IFFTs (Inverse / Fast / Fourier / Transform). It is converted into an OFDM (Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing) transmission signal consisting of subcarriers in a batch and transmitted as a broadcast wave.
  • TS MPEG-2 transport streams
  • IFFTs Inverse / Fast / Fourier / Transform
  • FIG. 3 is a block diagram showing a detailed configuration inside the multimedia signal generation 201.
  • 301 is a content / metadata registration function
  • 302 is a metadata generation function
  • 303 is a metadata storage function
  • 304 is a content storage / playback function
  • 305 is a content encryption function
  • 306 is a recording medium.
  • the content and metadata supplied from the outside of the content transmission apparatus 101 are registered by the content / metadata registration function 301.
  • the registered content and metadata are stored in the recording medium 306 by the content storage / playback function 304 and the metadata storage function 303, respectively.
  • Metadata relating to content transmission and license is generated by the metadata generation function 302 and stored in the recording medium 306 by the metadata storage function 303.
  • the stored content and metadata are encrypted by the content encryption function 305 and output as a stream.
  • FIG. 4 shows an example of the segment structure of a digital broadcast transmission signal transmitted by the digital broadcast transmission apparatus of the present invention. First, FIG. 4 will be described.
  • This digital broadcast transmission signal is based on the segment-coupled transmission method among terrestrial multimedia broadcasts performed by broadcast stations using radio waves (VHF-High band) with a frequency of 207.5 MHz to 222 MHz. This is based on the transmission system of terrestrial digital television broadcasting and the transmission system of terrestrial digital audio broadcasting.
  • VHF-High band radio waves
  • the OFDM segment of the digital broadcast transmission signal is (1) OFDM segment in 13 segment format (type A super segment) compliant with digital terrestrial television broadcasting transmission system (2) 14 segment or less connected one-segment OFDM segments conforming to the transmission system of digital terrestrial audio broadcasting (Type B super segment) Are connected (hereinafter referred to as a connected OFDM segment).
  • one segment has a bandwidth obtained by dividing the channel bandwidth 6 MHz of terrestrial television broadcasting into 14 equal parts.
  • a concatenated OFDM segment always includes one or more type A super segments.
  • the transmission spectrum of each super segment is arranged in any one physical channel.
  • the frequency position of the physical channel may be defined by overlapping some bands. In this case, the frequency bandwidth of the overlapping portion is an integral multiple of 6/14 MHz.
  • sub-channels are defined as shown in FIG. 5 for the frequencies in the physical channel.
  • the sub-channel is a virtual channel with a bandwidth of 1/7 MHz, and the physical channel bandwidth of 6 MHz is numbered from 0 to 41 for each tuning step 1/7 MHz.
  • FIG. 5 shows an example of the relationship between subchannel numbers and segments.
  • FIG. 5 shows an example of one segment of the center subchannel number 22.
  • the subchannels 21, 22, and 23 constitute one segment.
  • subchannel numbers 0, 1, and 41 are arranged across physical channels.
  • the maximum number of connected OFDM segments is 33.
  • the physical channel shown in FIG. 4 and super segment arrangement are conceivable.
  • the center frequency that is the channel selection frequency for Super Segment 1 and center subchannel number 28 is 208 MHz.
  • the center frequency that is the channel selection frequency of super segment 1 and center subchannel number 31 is (208 + 3/7) MHz.
  • the center frequency that is the tuning frequency of super segment 1 and center subchannel number 34 is (208 + 6/7) MHz.
  • the center frequency, which is the channel selection frequency for super segment 1 and center subchannel number 37, is (209 + 2/7) MHz.
  • the center frequency that is the channel selection frequency of Super Segment 1 and center subchannel number 40 is (209 + 5/7) MHz.
  • the center frequency, which is the channel selection frequency of super segment 2 and center subchannel number 1, is (210 + 1/7) MHz
  • the center frequency that is the channel selection frequency of super segment 3 and center subchannel number 22 is (213 + 1/7) MHz
  • the center frequency, which is the channel selection frequency of super segment 4 and center subchannel number 1, is (216 + 1/7) MHz
  • the center frequency, which is the channel selection frequency for super segment 1 and center subchannel number 22, is (210 + 4/7) MHz.
  • the center frequency, which is the channel selection frequency of super segment 2 and center subchannel number 1, is (213 + 4/7) MHz.
  • the center frequency, which is the tuning frequency of super segment 2 and center subchannel number 4 is 214 MHz.
  • the center frequency, which is the channel selection frequency for super segment 2 and center subchannel number 7, is (214 + 3/7) MHz.
  • the center frequency that is the channel selection frequency for super segment 2 and center subchannel number 10 is (214 + 6/7) MHz.
  • the center frequency, which is the channel selection frequency of super segment 2 and center subchannel number 13, is (215 + 2/7) MHz.
  • the center frequency which is the channel selection frequency of super segment 2 and center subchannel number 16, is (215 + 5/7) MHz.
  • the center frequency that is the channel selection frequency of super segment 2 and center subchannel number 19 is (216 + 1/7) MHz,
  • the center frequency that is the channel selection frequency of super segment 3 and center subchannel number 22 is (219 + 1/7) MHz, It becomes.
  • the current VHF physical channels 10, 11, and 12 are used, so there is an effect that the channel selection section of the current television receiver is well matched.
  • the 13-segment format is arranged at both ends of the allocated band, even if interference from outside the allocated band is received, the effect of frequency interleaving is exerted, so that it is difficult to receive interference.
  • 201 is a multimedia signal generation unit
  • 202 is a 13 segment format encoding unit
  • 203 is a 3 segment format encoding unit
  • 204 is a concatenated frame configuration unit
  • 205 is a reconnection frame configuration unit
  • 206 is an inverse fast Fourier transform (hereinafter, IFFT) / guard interval adding unit
  • 207 is an up-converter unit
  • 208 is a transmission amplifier unit
  • 209 is an antenna.
  • 211 is an RS (Reed Solomon) encoding unit
  • 215 is a layer division unit
  • 212 is a modulation / coding unit
  • 216 is a layer synthesis unit
  • 213 is an interleaving unit
  • 214 is a frame configuration unit.
  • a segment format encoding unit 202 is configured.
  • the modulation / coding unit 212 includes three systems, a, b, and c.
  • 221 is an RS (Reed-Solomon) encoding unit
  • 222 is a modulation / coding unit
  • 223 is an interleaving unit
  • 224 is a frame configuration unit, which constitute a one-segment format encoding unit 203.
  • the 13-segment format encoding unit 202 includes two systems a and b
  • the 1-segment format encoding unit 203 includes seven systems a, b, c, d, e, f, and g. 33 segments (13 ⁇ 2 + 7) are connected OFDM segments.
  • FIG. 6 shows a detailed configuration of the modulation / coding units 212 and 222.
  • 601 is an input from the previous stage
  • 602 is an energy spreading unit
  • 603 is a delay correction unit
  • 604 is a byte interleaving unit
  • 605 is a convolutional coding unit
  • 606 is a carrier modulation unit
  • 607 is a bit interleaving unit
  • 608 is a mapping unit
  • 609 Is an output
  • the carrier modulation unit 606 is composed of a bit interleaving unit 607 and a mapping unit 608.
  • FIG. 7 shows a detailed configuration of the frame configuration units 214 and 224.
  • 701 is an input from the previous stage
  • 702 is a pilot signal configuration unit
  • 703 is a TMCC (Transmission and Multiplexing Configuration and Control) signal configuration unit
  • 704 is an AC (Auxiliary Channel) signal configuration unit
  • 705 is an OFDM frame configuration unit
  • 706 is an output is there.
  • the video signal, the audio signal, and the data are each encoded, and TS to be output to the 13 segment format encoding unit 202 and the 1 segment format encoding unit 203 is generated.
  • Each TS is converted into a burst signal format of 188 bytes by a clock four times the IFFT sample clock, and a Reed-Solomon outer code is added by the RS encoder 211.
  • the hierarchical division unit 215 performs hierarchical division in accordance with the designation of the hierarchical information, and inputs the signals to a maximum of three systems of modulation / coding units 212a, b, and c (input 601 in FIG. 6). ).
  • the modulation / coding units 212a, 212b, and 212c will be described with reference to FIG. 6.
  • Signals input from the input 601 are respectively energy spread by the energy spread unit 602, byte interleave by the byte interleave unit 604, and convolutional code. Then, convolutional coding by the conversion unit 605, bit interleaving by the bit interleaving unit 607, and mapping by the mapping unit 608 are performed, carrier modulation is performed as the carrier modulation unit 606, and output from the output 609.
  • the delay correction unit 603 performs delay correction on the delay time difference between hierarchies caused by the time axis operation of byte interleaving and bit interleaving in advance to adjust the timing.
  • the coding rate of the convolutional code, the interleave length, and the carrier modulation scheme are set independently in each layer.
  • the signal layered by the layer combining unit 216 is effective for error correction coding against electric field fluctuations and multipath interference in mobile reception.
  • the interleaving unit 213 performs time interleaving and frequency interleaving.
  • the time interleaving method is convolutional interleaving in order to shorten the combined delay time and reduce the memory capacity of the receiver.
  • frequency interleaving is configured by combining inter-segment and inter-segment interleaving so that a sufficient interleaving effect can be exhibited while ensuring a segment structure.
  • the output of the interleave unit 213 is input to the frame configuration unit 214 (input 701 in FIG. 7).
  • the operation of the frame configuration unit 214 will be described with reference to FIG.
  • a TMCC (Transmission-and-Multiplexing-Configuration-Control) signal is transmitted using a specific carrier as control information for smoothly performing the operation.
  • an AC (Auxiliary Channel) signal which is an extension signal for transmitting additional information related to transmission control of modulated waves assigned to a specific carrier and earthquake motion warning information, is used.
  • OFDM frame configuration section 705 OFDM is obtained by information data from interleave section 213, pilot signal for synchronous reproduction from pilot signal configuration section 702, TMCC signal from TMCC configuration section 703, and AC signal from AC signal configuration section 704.
  • a frame is constructed and output from output 706. This frame configuration is shown in FIG.
  • Si, j represents the carrier symbol in the data segment after interleaving.
  • SP Spcattered Pilot
  • SP is a reference pilot symbol for the receiver to perform quasi-synchronous detection. As shown in FIG. 8, it is inserted once in 12 carriers in the carrier direction and once in 4 symbols in the symbol direction. If SP is interpolated in the symbol direction on the receiving side, SP of 3 (12/4) carrier interval can be obtained. Since the maximum value of the guard interval length is 1/4 of the effective symbol length, multipath up to the maximum delay time that does not cause intersymbol interference is achieved by interpolation processing (transmission path characteristics estimation) by SP of 3 carrier intervals. Is possible. When the guard interval ratio is 1/4, an SP of 4 carrier intervals may be used in principle, but it is inserted once in 4 symbols in the symbol direction in consideration of the characteristics of the interpolation filter.
  • the example in FIG. 8 is mode 1, but the carrier number in mode 1 is 0 to 107, whereas in mode 2 and mode 3, it is 0 to 215 and 0 to 431, respectively.
  • the AC signal is arranged as shown in FIG. 8 and has a data amount of 204 bits per carrier.
  • two AC signals are arranged for each segment in mode 1, four in mode 2, and eight in mode 3.
  • TMCC signals are arranged as shown in FIG. 8 and have a data amount of 204 bits per carrier. Further, one TMCC signal is arranged for each segment in mode 1, two in mode 2, and four in mode 3.
  • All signals that have completed the frame configuration are output from the output 706 and input to the reconnection frame configuration unit 205.
  • the reconnection frame configuration unit 205 there are two 13-segment format encoding units 202a and 202b, which are input to the reconnection frame configuration unit 205, respectively.
  • Each TS is converted into a burst signal format of 188 bytes by a clock four times the IFFT sample clock, and a Reed-Solomon outer code is added by the RS encoder 221. Thereafter, the signal is input to the modulation / coding unit 222 (input 601 in FIG. 6).
  • the operation of the modulation / coding unit 222 is as described with reference to FIG. 6 in the case of the 13-segment format coding unit 202.
  • the code rate, interleave length, and carrier modulation scheme of the set convolutional code are used.
  • Interleaving section 223 performs time interleaving and frequency interleaving.
  • the time interleaving method is convolutional interleaving in order to shorten the combined delay time and reduce the memory capacity of the receiver.
  • frequency interleaving is configured by combining inter-segment and inter-segment interleaving so that a sufficient interleaving effect can be exhibited while ensuring a segment structure.
  • the output of the interleave unit 223 is input to the frame configuration unit 224 (input 701 in FIG. 7).
  • the operation of the frame configuration unit 224 is as described with reference to FIG. 7 in the case of the 13 segment format encoding unit 202.
  • All signals that have completed the frame configuration are input to the concatenated frame configuration unit 204.
  • the concatenated frame configuration unit 204 there are seven 1-segment format encoding sections 203a, b, c, d, e, f, and g, which are input to the concatenated frame configuration section 204, respectively.
  • Each segment of type B (5 segments) is assigned to each block of 203a [TS2], b [TS3], c [TS4], d [TS5], e [TS6] and connected.
  • the frames are connected by the frame configuration unit 204 and output to the reconnection frame configuration unit 205.
  • Super segment 2 A segment of type B (one segment) is assigned to a block 203f [TS7], is input to the concatenated frame configuration unit 204, and is output to the reconnection frame configuration unit 205.
  • Super segment 3 13 segments of type A (1 13 segments) are allocated to the block 202a [TS1] and output to the reconnection frame configuration unit 205.
  • Super segment 4 A segment of type B (one segment) is assigned to a block of 203g [TS8], is input to the concatenated frame configuration unit 204, and is output to the reconnection frame configuration unit 205.
  • Super segment 5 13 segments of type A (1 13 segments) are allocated to the block 202b [TS9] and output to the reconnection frame configuration unit 205.
  • Super segment 1 13 segments of type A (1 13 segments) are assigned to the block 202a [TS1] and output to the reconnection frame configuration unit 205.
  • Each segment of type B (7 segments per segment) is 203a [TS2], b [TS3], c [TS4], d [TS5], e [TS6], f [TS7], g [TS8 ] are concatenated by the concatenated frame configuration unit 204 and output to the reconnection frame configuration unit 205.
  • Super segment 3 13 segments of type A (1 13 segments) are allocated to the block 202b [TS9] and output to the reconnection frame configuration unit 205.
  • [] Is the TS number input to each of the 13-segment format encoding unit 202 and the 1-segment format encoding unit 203.
  • the subchannel and the TS number can be associated with each other.
  • the concatenated frame configuration unit 204 configures super segment 1 by concatenating five outputs of OFDM segments 203a, b, c, d, and e in one segment format. It is composed of one segment-format OFDM segment 203f output, super segment 4 is composed of one segment-format OFDM segment 203g output, each of which is a type B super segment, and is output to the reconnection frame configuration section 205.
  • the concatenated frame configuration unit 204 configures the super segment 2 by concatenating seven outputs of OFDM segments 203a, b, c, d, e, f, and g in one segment format.
  • the super segment of B is output to the reconnection frame configuration unit 205.
  • the outputs of the 13 segment format encoding units 202a and 202b are type A super segments, which are output to the reconnection frame configuration unit 205, respectively.
  • the reconnection frame configuration unit 205 receives the above type A super segment and type B super segment and concatenates these super segments to form a concatenated OFDM segment. When the super segments are connected, phase compensation for the center frequency difference and phase correction for pilot modulation phase mismatch are performed.
  • the IFFT / guard interval adding unit 206 converts the concatenated OFDM segment, which is an output signal of the reconcatenated frame configuration unit 205, into an OFDM signal by IFFT calculation, adds a guard interval, and converts it into an OFDM transmission signal. Then, it is converted into a digital broadcast transmission signal having a frequency determined by up-converter unit 207, power amplified by transmission amplifier unit 208, and transmitted by antenna 209.
  • This digital broadcast transmission signal is generated by collectively processing IFDM / guard intervals on connected OFDM segments.
  • the 13-segment format part is divided into a maximum of 3 layers (including 1 segment can be partially received), and the convolutional code coding rate, interleave length, carrier modulation method, etc. can be set independently for each layer. .
  • the convolutional code coding rate, interleave length, carrier modulation scheme, etc. can be set for each segment.
  • the digital broadcast transmitting apparatus corresponding to the super segment configuration in the example of FIG. 2 performs nine transmission path encoding processes in parallel.
  • the concatenated transmission of this digital broadcast transmission method refers to transmitting a plurality of segments (13 segment format and 1 segment format) from the same transmission point without a guard band.
  • the restrictions of parameters at the time of concatenated transmission are shown below.
  • the number of Type A super segments shall be one or more.
  • the structure of the OFDM segment carrier structure so that multiple segments can be connected, and the bandwidth and transmission characteristics suitable for the service. And terrestrial digital television system and terrestrial digital audio system can be interoperable, and hardware and software resources can be shared.
  • FIG. 9 shows the TMCC signal configuration (TMCC carrier bit allocation).
  • the TMCC signal is used to transmit information related to the demodulation operation of the receiver, such as a hierarchical configuration and transmission parameters of each OFDM segment.
  • TMCC signal bit assignment was the same as that for terrestrial digital television broadcasting and terrestrial digital audio broadcasting. This is to facilitate the TMCC signal decoding process and reduce the burden on the receiver.
  • the differential demodulation standard is 1 bit and specifies the amplitude and phase standards.
  • the synchronization signal consists of a 16-bit word.
  • the synchronization signal is used to establish synchronization of the TMCC signal and OFDM frame synchronization.
  • the polarity of the synchronization signal is inverted for each frame. Since the TMCC information is not inverted every frame, pseudo synchronization pull-in can be avoided by inversion every frame.
  • the segment format identification is a signal for identifying whether the segment is a differential modulation unit or a synchronous modulation unit. It is composed of 3 -bit words, and is assigned “111” in the case of the differential modulation unit and “000” in the case of the synchronous modulation unit.
  • the number of TMCC carriers varies depending on the segment format. When the partial reception segment belongs to the synchronous modulation unit, there is only one TMCC carrier. Even in this case, 3 bits are assigned to the identification signal so that reliable decoding is possible, and the inverted signal has the maximum intersymbol distance.
  • Figure 10 shows the bit assignment of TMCC information.
  • TMCC information is information that assists the demodulation and decoding operations of the receiver, such as system identification, transmission parameter switching index, emergency warning broadcast activation flag, current information, and next information.
  • TMCC information 90 bits are currently defined, but the remaining 12 bits are reserved for future expansion. All the reserved bits are stuffed with “1”.
  • B and C hierarchies of the 1-segment format are reserved for bit allocation in order to maintain compatibility with the 13-segment format. However, as will be described later, information indicating an unused hierarchy is assigned.
  • the 13-segment format compatible with the digital terrestrial television broadcasting system is '00'
  • the 1-segment format compatible with the digital terrestrial audio broadcasting system is '01'. The remaining values are reserved.
  • the current information indicates the current layer configuration and transmission parameters, and the next information indicates the transmission parameters after switching, and these are sent simultaneously. This is intended to improve the response of the receiver by using current information, assuming that the receiver is powered on or the channel is switched during the countdown.
  • the transmission parameter switching index is counted down.
  • the transmission parameter switching index is not counted down.
  • the receiver is notified of the switching and the timing is taken. This index usually takes a value of ‘1111’, but when the transmission parameter is switched, 1 is subtracted for each frame from 15 frames before the switching. It should be noted that after “0000”, it returns to “1111”.
  • the switching timing is the next frame synchronization for sending “0000”. That is, the new transmission parameter is applied from the frame returned to ‘1111’.
  • the next information can be set or changed at an arbitrary time before the switching countdown, but cannot be changed during the countdown.
  • Fig. 12 shows the allocation of emergency warning broadcast activation flags.
  • the activation flag is set to '1' when activation control for the receiver is performed, and the activation flag is set to '0' when activation control is not performed.
  • the partial reception flag is set to ‘1’ when the segment (segment No. 0) at the center of the transmission band is set for partial reception in the 13-segment format, and is set to ‘0’ otherwise.
  • segment No. 0 is set for partial reception
  • the layer is defined as layer A in FIG.
  • the flag is set to “0”. This is consistent with the fact that the digital terrestrial audio system uses this flag as a format identification flag, which is ‘0’ for the 1-segment format and ‘1’ for the 3-segment format. If there is no next information, the flag is set to ‘1’.
  • FIG. 14 shows transmission parameter information included in the current / next information. If there is no unused layer or next information in the transmission parameter information, those bits are set to ‘1’.
  • FIG. 15 shows an explanation of the connected transmission phase correction amount.
  • concatenated transmission when a received segment uses the lower end carrier of the upper adjacent segment as a reference signal, it is used to correct the phase of the carrier for each symbol. If there is no phase correction, including the case of no concatenated transmission, “111” is set.
  • TMCC information B20 to B121 is error-correction-encoded with a shortened code (184,102) of the difference set cyclic code (273,191).
  • TMCC information requires transmission reliability higher than that of a data signal in order to specify transmission parameters and control a receiver.
  • the error correction code of TMCC is a shortened code of the difference set cyclic code (273,191) ( 184,102). Further, since the TMCC signal is transmitted by a plurality of carriers, it is possible to reduce the required C / N and improve the reception performance by analog addition of the signals.
  • the TMCC signal can be received with a smaller C / N than the data signal.
  • the synchronization signal and the segment format identification information are excluded from the error correction target, all the bits of the plurality of TMCC carriers are made the same, and each bit including the parity bits is included. Enables majority vote.
  • FIG. 16 shows an embodiment of a service of a digital broadcast transmission signal transmitted by the digital broadcast transmission apparatus of FIG.
  • 1601 is a pushcast broadcast
  • 1602 is a mixed broadcast of pushcast broadcast and real-time broadcast
  • 1603 is real-time broadcast
  • 1604 is pilot broadcast.
  • Pushcast broadcast 1601 is a service in which non-time-dependent file-type content is automatically downloaded. For example, electronic newspapers, music, sports clips, news clips, shopping, lifestyle information, gourmet magazines, cooking information, languages, dramas, movies, etc. can be considered. In addition, a menu linked to an information address (in FIG. 16, described as WEB) that can search for various types of information can be considered.
  • the feature of pushcast broadcasting is that content can be distributed in advance and viewed at a time convenient for the user.
  • Real-time broadcast 1603 is a stream-type broadcast, and a program in which “watching now” is important is provided. For example, news, weather forecast, sports, etc. You may broadcast shopping, education, and premium programs in real time.
  • Mixed broadcast 1602 is a broadcast in which real-time broadcast and pushcast broadcast are mixed according to time.
  • Pilot broadcast 1604 navigates the entire service of pushcast broadcast 1601, mixed broadcast 1602, and real-time broadcast 1603. It also indicates which service is transmitted on which subchannel or which TS of which super segment. Therefore, it is necessary to determine in advance which frequency arrangement the pilot broadcast 1604 is sent.
  • FIG. 17 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of a segment configuration of a digital broadcast transmission signal transmitted by the digital broadcast transmission apparatus of the present invention.
  • FIG. 17 shows the segment configuration example described with reference to FIG. 4.
  • 1701 is a pilot segment
  • 1702 is a pilot segment.
  • the pilot segment is a segment for transmitting a pilot broadcast, and is a 1-segment format segment or a 13-segment format partial reception segment.
  • the segment is [super segment 4, center subchannel number 1], and the center frequency is (216 + 1/7) MHz.
  • the center frequency is (214 + 6/7) MHz. This frequency arrangement is determined at this position in the example of FIG.
  • Type B (5 segments) is assigned 5 programs of real-time broadcast 1603 to each segment format, for example, TS2 is news, TS3 is weather, TS4 is shopping, TS5 is sport, TS6 is Education.
  • Super segment 2 One program of real-time broadcast 1603 is assigned to type B (one segment) to one segment format, and TS7 is made premium.
  • Pushcast broadcast 1601 is assigned to type A (1 13 segments) and TS1.
  • Pilot broadcast 1604 is assigned to type B (one segment) as a pilot segment, and TS8 is set.
  • Super segment 5 Mixed broadcast 1602 is assigned to type A (one 13 segment), and TS9 is set.
  • Super segment 1 Mixed broadcast 1602 is assigned to type A (one 13 segment), and TS1 is set.
  • Super segment 2 Type B (seven segments) type 6 (real-time broadcast 1603) programs and pilot broadcasts 1604 as pilot segments are all assigned to one segment format.
  • TS2 is news
  • TS3 is weather
  • TS4 is shopping
  • TS5 is pilot broadcast 1604
  • TS6 is sport
  • TS7 is education
  • TS8 is premium.
  • Pushcast broadcast 1601 is assigned to type A (1 13 segments) and is TS9.
  • This assignment is performed by the multimedia signal generation unit 201 in FIG.
  • one type B super segment of one segment type is used as a pilot segment
  • one segment among seven type B super segments connected in one segment type is used as a pilot. It is a segment. Therefore, the example of FIG. 17A is suitable when processing is performed in units of super segments, and the example of FIG. 17B has characteristics that are suitable when processing is performed in units of TS.
  • FIG. 18 is a configuration example of program information which is an example of pilot information transmitted by pilot broadcasting.
  • the program information includes the program identification representing the program, the broadcast type indicating whether the program is real-time broadcast, pushcast broadcast, or pilot broadcast, the date and time when it is broadcast, and the provider that broadcasts the program. There is an operator identification that represents.
  • information indicating which segment is being transmitted is necessary. As shown in [Formula 1], the center frequency of the segment being sent is determined if the start frequency and center subchannel number of the physical channel in which the super segment is arranged are known.
  • the receiving side needs information on the super segment type whether the segment is a 13-segment format or a 1-segment format.
  • the program information is [date / time, program identification, broadcast type, operator identification, super segment number, super segment type, physical channel, central subchannel]. If the physical channel is predetermined as shown in FIGS. 17 (a) and 17 (b), only the physical channel number need be indicated. Of course, only the frequency of the physical channel itself or the start frequency or the end frequency of the physical channel may be indicated. This is because the bandwidth of the physical channel is determined to be 6 MHz.
  • the super segment configuration in one segment format can be confirmed by indicating the number of connections in one segment format, and the super segment configuration can be determined by the super segment number.
  • pilot broadcasts such as program advertisements can be performed in addition to the pilot segment.
  • FIG. 18 (b) is such that the TS number is sent as program information instead of the super segment number, super segment type, physical channel, and subchannel of FIG. 18 (a).
  • the TS number can be represented by a super segment number, a super segment type, and a subchannel, and the center frequency can be determined by the start frequency of the physical channel and the center subchannel number.
  • this TS information is transmitted as pilot information.
  • FIG. 18 (c) shows the channel selection frequency on the receiving side directly in the program information. If the channel selection frequency and the super segment type are known, it can be determined whether or not reception is possible with a receiver described later.
  • the receiver can tune directly to the program simply by looking at the program information, and the channel selection operation is easy.
  • the pilot information shown in FIG. 18 is sent, even if the super segment configuration changes from a certain date and time, the program information setting from a certain date and time can be changed to follow the contents of the change in the super segment configuration. For example, there is an effect that the receiver side can receive without being aware of the change of the super segment configuration. However, the position (frequency arrangement) of the pilot segment should not be changed.
  • FIG. 19 is a block diagram showing a configuration of a digital broadcast receiving apparatus according to the second embodiment of the present invention.
  • the digital broadcast receiving apparatus in FIG. 19 receives a digital broadcast transmission signal transmitted from the digital broadcast transmitting apparatus in FIG.
  • 1926 is a digital broadcast receiver.
  • Reference numeral 1901 denotes an antenna
  • 1902 denotes a channel selection unit
  • 1903 denotes an orthogonal demodulation unit
  • 1904 denotes a fast Fourier transform (hereinafter referred to as FFT) unit
  • 1905 denotes demodulation / decoding operation for demodulating / decoding digital broadcast transmission signals from the FFT unit 1904 to the TS output.
  • 1906 is a synchronous reproduction unit
  • 1907 is a frame extraction unit
  • 1908 is a TMCC decoding unit, which reproduces a synchronous signal for operating the demodulation / decoding unit 1905 and obtains information such as transmission parameters.
  • a front end (hereinafter referred to as F / E) unit 1924 is configured from the channel selection 1902 to the TMCC decoding unit 1908.
  • 1928 is a descrambling part 1
  • 1929 is a descrambling part 2
  • 1909 is a demux part
  • 1910 is a decoding part of the compressed broadcast audio signal
  • 1911 is an audio output part for outputting the decoded broadcast audio signal
  • 1912 is a compression part 1913 is a presentation processing unit constituting a display screen
  • 1914 is a video output unit for displaying the decoded broadcast video signal
  • 1915 is PSI (Program Specific Information) / SI (Service Information). It is a system decoding unit that handles system information such as.
  • the descrambling part 1928, the descrambling part 2 1929, and the demax part 1909 to the system decoding part 1915 constitute a back-end trap (hereinafter B / E) part 1925.
  • 1916 is a rewritable nonvolatile memory (hereinafter referred to as NVRAM), 1917 is a ROM such as a font (Read Only Memory), 1918 is a main memory RAM (Random Access Memory), and 1919 is a communication line interface (hereinafter I / F).
  • 1920 is an input / output unit (hereinafter referred to as I / O)
  • 1921 is a system bus
  • 1922 is a central processing unit (hereinafter referred to as CPU)
  • 1923 is a button for operating a remote control
  • 1930 is a CAS ( Conditional Access System)
  • 1931 is a recording medium
  • 1927 is a removable medium.
  • a digital broadcast transmission signal input to the digital broadcast receiver 1926 by the antenna 1901 is converted into a TS (transport stream) by the F / E unit 1924.
  • the demodulated TS is selectively decrypted by the descrambling unit 1928 using the license information stored in the CAS 1930.
  • the license information may be supplied by the communication I / F 1919 via a network or may be supplied by the removable medium 1927.
  • the decoded TS is separated into video, audio, and other data by the demax unit 1909, and the video stream is output to the video decoding unit 1912 and the audio stream is output to the audio decoding unit 1910.
  • the decoded video signal forms a display screen by the presentation processing unit 1913 and is output by the video output 1914.
  • the decoded audio signal is output as an audio output 1911.
  • a digital broadcast transmission signal input to the digital broadcast receiving device 1926 by the antenna 1901 is converted into a TS (transport stream) by the F / E unit.
  • the demodulated TS is input to the descramble 1 unit 1928, but is not decoded here. Subsequently, only the data related to the content to be stored is separated and stored in the recording medium 1931 by the input demax unit 1909.
  • the access control common information and the access control individual information are distributed via the broadcast wave, they are separated by the demux unit 1909 and stored in the recording medium 1931.
  • the access control common information and the access control individual information are distributed via the network, they are acquired via the communication I / F 1919 before or during reproduction and stored in the recording medium 1931.
  • the access control common information and the access control individual information are distributed via the network, they are acquired via the I / O 1920 before or during reproduction and stored in the recording medium 1931.
  • data related to the content to be reproduced is read from the recording medium 1931 and input to the descrambling 2 unit 1929 and encrypted using the access control common information and the access control individual information stored in the recording medium 1931.
  • Decode data selectively.
  • the decoded TS is separated into video, audio, and other data by the demax unit 1909, and the video stream is output to the video decoding unit 1912 and the audio stream is output to the audio decoding unit 1910.
  • the decoded video signal forms a display screen by the presentation processing unit 1913 and is output by the video output 1914.
  • the decoded audio signal is output as an audio output 1911.
  • the CPU 1922 controls each block of the F / E unit 1924 and the B / E unit 1925 via the system bus 1921 so that the digital broadcast receiver 1926 reproduces normal video and audio. Do.
  • the data is once transferred to the RAM 1918, NVRAM 1916 or the like and processed by the CPU 1922.
  • the data on the RAM 1918 is transferred to the video and audio decoder simultaneously with the presentation of the characters and graphics, and processing such as video and audio playback processing is performed.
  • the communication I / F 1919 is used to exchange information with the outside of the digital broadcast receiver 1926.
  • the operation of the digital broadcast receiving apparatus can be performed with the button 1923 via the I / O 1920.
  • Fig. 20 shows the types of digital broadcast receivers.
  • the digital broadcast transmission signal from the digital broadcast transmission apparatus in FIG. 2 includes a 13-segment super segment and a 1-segment super segment. Receivers that can receive each of these can be defined, but 13/1 segment format reception that can receive both 13 segment format and 1 segment format, and only the partial reception layer of 13 segment format in addition to 1 segment format Can be defined partial reception / 1 segment format reception.
  • the digital broadcast receiving apparatus 1926 in FIG. 19 performs either 13/1 segment format reception or partial reception / 1 segment format reception.
  • FIG. 21 shows the configuration of the demodulation / decoding unit 1905 in the case of 13/1 segment format reception
  • FIG. 22 shows the configuration of the demodulation / decoding unit 1905 in the case of partial reception / 1 segment format reception.
  • 2101 and 2201 are input signals from the FFT unit 1904
  • 2102 and 2202 are carrier demodulation units
  • 2103 and 2203 are deinterleave units
  • 2104 and 2204 are demapping units
  • 2105 and 2205 are bit deinterleave units
  • 2106 and 2206 Is a depuncture unit
  • 2107 and 2207 are Viterbi decoding units
  • 2108 and 2208 are byte deinterleaving units
  • 2109 and 2209 are energy despreading units
  • 2110 and 2210 are TS reproduction units
  • 211 and 211 are RS (Reed-Solomon) decoding units.
  • Reference numerals 2112 and 2212 denote outputs of the demodulation / decoding unit 1905.
  • the bit deinterleaving unit 2105, the depuncturing unit 2106, the byte deinterleaving unit 2108, and the energy despreading unit 2109 are respectively provided for three layers a, b, and c, and 2121 and 2123 are divided into three layers. It is a layer composition unit that composes layers.
  • the channel frequency band to be received by the channel selection unit 1902 is extracted from the digital broadcast transmission signal received by the antenna 1901, the signal channel-selected by the orthogonal demodulation unit 1903 is orthogonally demodulated into a baseband signal, and the frequency is output by the FFT unit 1904. It is converted to axis processing, and FFT is performed for a period corresponding to an effective symbol among OFDM symbols. At that time, the multipath situation of the received signal is taken into consideration, and the FFT processing is performed in an appropriate period.
  • the carrier demodulation unit 2102 performs demodulation processing on each carrier on the frequency axis (for example, synchronization using a scattered pilot (SP) for QPSK, 16QAM, and 64QAM).
  • SP scattered pilot
  • Demodulation is performed to detect amplitude and phase information
  • frequency axis and time axis deinterleaving is performed by the deinterleaving unit 2103
  • demapping is performed by the demapping unit 2104.
  • Bit deinterleaving is performed by the interleaving units 2105a, b, and c
  • depuncturing is performed by the depuncturing units 2106a, b, and c
  • synthesis is performed by the layer synthesizing unit 2122
  • Viterbi decoding is performed by the Viterbi decoding unit 2107
  • each layer is divided by the layer dividing unit 2121.
  • Byte deinterleaving and energy in the interleaving unit 2108 -Despreading unit 2109 performs energy despreading
  • TS playback unit 2110 performs TS playback
  • RS decoding unit 2111 performs error correction
  • a digital broadcast signal is demodulated.
  • transport defined in MPEG2 Systems A stream (TS) signal is output to the descramble 1 unit 1928 and the demax unit 1909.
  • the system in the case of receiving a signal in 1 segment format and in the case of receiving in 13 segment format, the system is identified by the system identification shown in FIG. 11 of the TMCC signal decoded by the TMCC decoding unit 1908, and digital terrestrial audio
  • a 1-segment format is received
  • a 13-segment format is received (mainly handling the partial reception flag shown in FIG. 13).
  • the layer division 2121 and 2123 do not perform layer division, but perform processing using, for example, a system block. Since no hierarchical division is performed, hierarchical synthesis in the hierarchical synthesis 2122 is not necessary.
  • processing may be performed using only the system a as in the case of the one segment format, or may be divided into three layers and one of them may be processed as a partial reception layer. .
  • the channel frequency band of the channel selection 1902 may be extracted as one segment.
  • the channel frequency band to be received by the channel selection unit 1902 from the digital broadcast transmission signal received by the antenna 1901 in this case, the frequency band for one segment is extracted, and the channel-selected signal is orthogonally demodulated by the orthogonal demodulation unit 1903.
  • a band signal is converted into frequency axis processing by an FFT unit 1904, and FFT is performed for a period corresponding to an effective symbol among OFDM symbols. At that time, the multipath situation of the received signal is taken into consideration, and the FFT processing is performed in an appropriate period.
  • the carrier demodulation unit 2202 performs demodulation processing on each carrier on the frequency axis (for example, synchronization using scattered pilot (SP) for QPSK, 16QAM, and 64QAM).
  • SP scattered pilot
  • deinterleave unit 2203 for frequency axis and time axis, demap unit demapping unit 2204, bit deinterleave unit 2205, and depuncture unit 2206
  • Viterbi decoding unit 2207 performs Viterbi decoding
  • Byte deinterleaving unit 2208 performs byte deinterleaving
  • Energy despreading unit 2209 performs energy despreading
  • TS reproduction unit 2210 performs TS reproduction
  • RS decoding unit 2211 performs error correction.
  • Digital broadcasting The signal is demodulated, and, for example, a transport stream (TS) signal defined by MPEG2 Systems is output to the descramble 1 unit 1928 and the demax unit 1909.
  • TS transport stream
  • the system in the case of receiving a signal of 1 segment format and in the case of partial reception of 13 segment format, the system is identified by the system identification shown in FIG. 11 of the TMCC signal decoded by the TMCC decoding unit 1908, and the terrestrial digital
  • partial reception processing is performed in the 1 segment format, and in the case of a digital terrestrial television broadcasting system, partial reception processing is performed (mainly handling of the partial reception flag shown in FIG. 13).
  • the synchronization reproduction unit 1906 receives the baseband signal from the orthogonal demodulation unit 1903 and reproduces the OFDM symbol synchronization signal and the FFT sample frequency according to the mode and the guard interval length. When the mode and the guard interval length are unknown, the mode and guard interval length can also be determined based on the correlation of the guard period of the OFDM signal. Further, the frequency position of the TMCC signal is detected from the output signal of the FFT unit 1904. The frame extraction unit 1907 demodulates the TMCC signal at the detected frequency position and extracts a frame synchronization signal from the TMCC signal. The frame synchronization signal is output to the synchronization reproduction unit 1906, and phase adjustment with the symbol synchronization signal is performed.
  • the TMCC decoding unit 1908 performs error correction of the differential cyclic code on the demodulated TMCC signal, and extracts TMCC information such as a hierarchical structure and transmission parameters.
  • the TMCC information is output to the demodulation / decoding unit 1905 and used as various control information for the demodulation / decoding process. Since there is a phase difference between segments in the concatenated transmission signal, the carrier phase at the lower end of the upper adjacent segment must be corrected for reception of the synchronous modulation segment that uses the carrier at the lower end of the upper adjacent segment for demodulation.
  • the TMCC decoding unit 1908 is always operating when trying to receive an emergency alert broadcast, and monitors the emergency alert broadcast activation flag shown in FIG.
  • the channel selection unit 1902, the quadrature demodulation unit 1903, the FFT unit 1904, the synchronous reproduction unit 1906, and the frame extraction unit 1907 are always operating.
  • the operations of the channel selection unit 1902, the orthogonal demodulation unit 1903, the FFT unit 1904, the synchronous reproduction unit 1906, and the frame extraction unit 1907 are segment No. 0 in the case of 13 segment format, that is, only the partial reception part when receiving an emergency warning broadcast It is only necessary to perform the process. As a result, it is possible to achieve a low power consumption operation compared to processing the entire 13-segment band of this digital broadcast. In the case of 1 segment format, only 1 segment bandwidth is required.
  • descrambling 1 section 1928 and demax section 1909 descrambling of the scrambled TS signal for copyright protection is canceled, and the desired compressed broadcast video signal and compressed broadcast audio signal digital signal Are extracted and output to the decoding units 1910, 1912 and 1915.
  • the decoding unit 1912 decodes the compressed broadcast video signal
  • the decoding unit 1910 decodes the compressed broadcast audio signal
  • the decoded video signal forms a display screen in the presentation processing unit 1913
  • the video output unit 1914 decodes the display screen.
  • the audio signal thus output is output to the audio output unit 1911.
  • step 2301 the reception operation is started.
  • the CPU 1922 controls each block via the system bus 1921.
  • step 2302 the channel selection unit 1902 first selects the pilot segment 1701 or 1702 at the frequency position determined.
  • step 2303 the TS is demodulated by the F / E unit 1924, the pilot information of FIG. 18 is extracted by the descrambling unit 1928 and the demax unit 1909, and is decoded by the system decoding unit 1915.
  • FIG. 24 shows an example of the service tuning table. They are organized by operator identification, broadcast type, date / time, and program type, and a channel selection frequency and a super segment type are assigned to each content of a real-time broadcast program or pushcast broadcast content.
  • the channel selection frequency is the center frequency of the center subchannel.
  • step 2305 real-time broadcast, pushcast broadcast, and downloaded service table are displayed.
  • a real-time broadcast service table is preferentially displayed, and a user selects a pushcast broadcast or a downloaded service table using a menu or the like.
  • FIG. 25 shows an example of a service table.
  • FIG. 25A shows an example of real-time broadcasting
  • FIG. 25B shows an example of pushcast broadcasting
  • FIG. 25A shows an example of real-time broadcasting
  • FIG. 25B shows an example of pushcast broadcasting
  • FIG. 25A shows an example of real-time broadcasting
  • FIG. 25B shows an example of pushcast broadcasting
  • FIG. 25A shows an example of real-time broadcasting
  • FIG. 25B shows an example of pushcast broadcasting
  • FIG. 25B shows an example of pushcast broadcasting
  • FIG. 25 (a) the program broadcast at the current time is displayed.
  • the program In the case of partial reception / 1-segment format reception, if the program is transmitted in a layer other than the partial reception segment in type A (13 segment format), it cannot be received. Disable selection.
  • step 2306 select the program you want to watch.
  • you may have a function which searches a program by a date, time, and a provider.
  • the channel selection unit 1902 when the channel selection unit 1902 is a channel selection frequency and transmission is performed in a type A other than partial reception, the channel frequency band is 13 segment bandwidth, and the F / E unit 1924 is 13 segment format demodulation. To do.
  • the channel frequency band In the case of transmission by partial reception in type A and in the case of type B, the channel frequency band is a band of one segment, and the F / E section 1924 performs partial reception demodulation in the case of partial reception, and one segment format demodulation in the case of type B. To do.
  • step 2308 the program is output.
  • Fig. 25 (b) shows the contents that can be downloaded now.
  • the contents to be downloaded are selected.
  • the already downloaded contents are displayed as “downloaded” so that they cannot be selected.
  • step 2310 a download reservation is made. If it is time to download, the channel selection unit 1902 in step 2311 uses the content reserved by the service channel selection table of FIG. 24 as the channel selection frequency, and if it is transmitted by type A other than partial reception, the channel frequency band is 13 segments.
  • the F / E unit 1924 performs 13 segment format demodulation. In the case of transmission by partial reception in type A and in the case of type B, the channel frequency band is a band of one segment, and the F / E section 1924 performs partial reception demodulation in the case of partial reception, and one segment format demodulation in the case of type B. To do.
  • Fig. 25 (c) shows the content already downloaded. Playback is selected at step 2313 and output at step 2314.
  • the download service table may be selected at the start of step 2301.
  • FIG. 26 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of a service configuration of a digital broadcast transmission signal transmitted by the digital broadcast transmission apparatus according to the third embodiment of the present invention.
  • 2601 is a pushcast broadcast
  • 2602 is a mixed broadcast of pushcast broadcast and real-time broadcast
  • 2603 is a real-time broadcast
  • 2604 is a pushcast broadcast pilot broadcast
  • 2605 is a real-time pilot broadcast.
  • the pilot broadcast is provided independently for the pushcast broadcast and the real-time broadcast. As in FIG. 16, it is necessary to determine in advance which frequency arrangement the pilot broadcasts 2604 and 2605 are sent.
  • FIG. 27 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of a segment configuration of a digital broadcast transmission signal transmitted by the digital broadcast transmission apparatus of the present invention.
  • FIG. 27 shows an example of the segment configuration described in FIG. 2.
  • 2701 is a pilot segment for real time broadcasting
  • 2702 is a pilot segment for pushcast broadcasting
  • 2703 is a real time broadcasting in FIG.
  • 2704 is a pilot segment for pushcast broadcasting.
  • the pilot segment is a segment for transmitting a pilot broadcast, and is a 1-segment format segment or a 13-segment format partial reception segment.
  • the pilot segment 2701 for real-time broadcasting is the segment of [Super segment 2, center subchannel number 1], the center frequency is (210 + 1/7) MHz, and is used for pushcast broadcasting.
  • Pilot segment 2702 is a segment of [super segment 4, center subchannel number 1], and the center frequency is (216 + 1/7) MHz.
  • FIG. 27 (a) the pilot segment 2701 for real-time broadcasting is the segment of [Super segment 2, center subchannel number 1], the center frequency is (210 + 1/7) MHz, and is used for pushcast broadcasting.
  • Pilot segment 2702 is a segment of [super segment 4, center subchannel number 1], and the center frequency is (216 + 1/7) MHz.
  • the pilot segment 2703 for real-time broadcasting is the segment of [Super segment 2, center subchannel number 1], the center frequency is (213 + 4/7) MHz, and the pilot for pushcast broadcasting
  • the segment 2704 is a segment of [Super segment 2, center subchannel number 19], and the center frequency is (216 + 1/7) MHz. This frequency arrangement is determined at this position in the example of FIG.
  • Type B (5 segments) is assigned 5 programs of real-time broadcasting 2603 to each 1 segment format, for example, TS2 is news, TS3 is weather, TS4 is shopping, TS5 is sports premium, Let TS6 be an education.
  • Pilot broadcast 2605 for real-time broadcasting is assigned to type B (one segment) as a pilot segment for real-time broadcasting, and TS7 is set.
  • Super segment 3 Mixed broadcast 2602 is assigned to type A (1 13 segment) and TS1.
  • Super segment 4 Type B (one segment) is assigned a pilot broadcast 2604 for pushcast broadcast as a pilot segment for pushcast broadcast [TS8.
  • Pushcast broadcast 2601 is assigned to type A (one 13 segment) and TS9.
  • Type A (1 13 segments) mixed broadcast 2602 is assigned as TS1.
  • Super segment 2 Type B (7 segments) assigns 5 programs of real-time broadcast 2603, pilot broadcast 2605 for real-time broadcast and pilot broadcast 2604 for push-cast broadcast to each one segment format, for example, TS2 Is a pilot broadcast 2605 for real-time broadcasting, TS3 is news, TS4 is weather, TS5 is shopping, TS6 is a sports premium, TS7 is education, and TS8 is a pilot broadcast 2604 for pushcast broadcasting.
  • TS2 Is a pilot broadcast 2605 for real-time broadcasting
  • TS3 is news
  • TS4 weather
  • TS5 shopping
  • TS6 is a sports premium
  • TS7 is education
  • TS8 is a pilot broadcast 2604 for pushcast broadcasting.
  • Pushcast broadcast 2601 is assigned to type A (1 13 segments) and is TS9.
  • This assignment is performed by the multimedia signal generation unit 201 in FIG.
  • FIG. 28 is a configuration example of program information which is an example of pilot information transmitted by pilot broadcasting.
  • the program information is divided into (1) real-time broadcast information and (2) pushcast broadcast information, which are transmitted in real-time broadcast pilot broadcast and pushcast broadcast pilot broadcast, respectively.
  • (3) pilot broadcast information is provided and transmitted in a pilot broadcast for real-time broadcast and a pilot broadcast for pushcast broadcast, each of which is a pilot broadcast for real-time broadcast or a pilot signal for pushcast broadcast Indicate.
  • the program information for real-time broadcasting and pushcast broadcasting is separated, so that only the necessary broadcast information selected at that time can be obtained on the receiving side. This has the effect of shortening the time required to construct and display the service table shown in. Also, providing pilot broadcast information has an effect that the B / E unit 1925 can confirm whether the currently selected information is for real-time broadcast or pushcast broadcast.
  • FIG. 29 is a flowchart showing a receiving operation of the digital broadcast receiving device 1926 in the fourth embodiment according to the present invention.
  • step 2901 the reception operation is started.
  • the CPU 1922 controls each block via the system bus 1921.
  • step 2906 first, real-time broadcasting, pushcast broadcasting, and downloaded are selected.
  • steps 2902a, 2903a, 2904a, 2905a, 2306, 2307, 2308 are performed for real-time broadcasting, and steps 2902b, 2903b, 2904b, 2905b, 2309, 2309, for push-cast broadcasting. 2310 is selected.
  • step 2902a the channel selection unit 1902 selects the pilot segment 2701 or 2703 for real-time broadcasting at the frequency position determined first. It can be confirmed from the pilot broadcast information that the pilot segment is for real-time broadcasting.
  • step 2903a the F / E unit 1924 demodulates the TS, the descramble 1 unit 1928 and the demax unit 1909 extract the real-time broadcast information which is the pilot information for the real-time broadcast of FIG. .
  • Fig. 30 (a) shows an example of a service channel selection table for real-time broadcasting. They are organized by operator identification, date / time, and program type, and a tuning frequency and a super segment type are assigned to each program of real-time broadcasting.
  • the channel selection frequency is the center frequency of the center subchannel.
  • step 2905a a real-time broadcast service table is displayed.
  • Fig. 25 (a) shows an example of a service table for real-time broadcasting. The following is as described in FIG.
  • the channel selection unit 1902 selects the pilot segment 2702 or 2704 for pushcast broadcasting at the frequency position first determined. It can be confirmed from the pilot broadcast information that the pilot segment is for push cast broadcasting.
  • step 2903b the F / E unit 1924 demodulates the TS, the descramble 1 unit 1928 and the demax unit 1909 extract pushcast broadcast information which is pilot information for pushcast broadcast in FIG. 28, and the system decode unit 1915 Decode.
  • Fig. 30 (b) shows an example of a service channel selection table for pushcast broadcasting. They are organized by operator identification, date / time, and program type, and a tuning frequency and a super segment type are assigned to each pushcast broadcast content.
  • the channel selection frequency is the center frequency of the center subchannel.
  • step 2905b a pushcast service table is displayed.
  • Fig. 25 (b) shows an example of a service table for pushcast broadcasting. The following is as described in FIG.
  • the digital broadcast transmission signal can be received without being aware of the segment configuration. Also, since the program information for real-time broadcasting and pushcast broadcasting is separated, only the necessary broadcast information selected at that time can be obtained, and the service table shown in FIG. 25 is constructed by obtaining the information. This has the effect of shortening the time until display. Also, providing pilot broadcast information has an effect that the B / E unit 1925 can confirm whether the currently selected information is for real-time broadcast or pushcast broadcast.
  • pilot broadcast for pushcast broadcast and pushcast broadcast pilot broadcast for mixed broadcast and real-time broadcast
  • pilot broadcast for real-time broadcast and real-time broadcast pilot broadcast for real-time broadcast and real-time broadcast
  • the mixed broadcast and the pushcast broadcast pilot broadcast are arranged next to each other. Therefore, if the reception side receives the broadcast of each service and the pilot broadcast together, There is an effect that it is possible to shorten the tuning time at the time of tuning or downloading.
  • FIG. 31 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of a service configuration of a digital broadcast transmission signal transmitted by the digital broadcast transmission apparatus according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention.
  • 3101, 3102 and 3103 are broadcast service groups composed of pushcast broadcasts, real-time broadcasts, and pilot broadcasts having pilot information of those broadcasts.
  • the difference from FIG. 16 is that the broadcast service group that basically performs mixed broadcast is not divided into pushcast broadcast, mixed broadcast, and real-time broadcast, and the pilot service is provided in the broadcast service group. It only has pilot information for broadcasting inside.
  • FIG. 32 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of a segment configuration of a digital broadcast transmission signal transmitted by the digital broadcast transmission apparatus of the present invention.
  • FIG. 27 shows the segment configuration example described with reference to FIG. 4B, where 3201 is a pilot segment of the broadcast service group 3101, 3202 is a pilot segment of the broadcast service group 3103, and 3203 is a pilot segment of the broadcast service group 3102.
  • the pilot segment is a segment for transmitting a pilot broadcast, and is a 1-segment format segment or a 13-segment format partial reception segment.
  • the pilot segment 3201 of the broadcast service group 3101 is a 13-segment partial reception segment of [super segment 1, center subchannel number 22], the center frequency is (210 + 4/7) MHz
  • the pilot segment 3202 of the service group 3103 is a segment of [super segment 2, center subchannel number 10], the center frequency is (214 + 6/7) MHz
  • the pilot segment 3203 of the broadcast service group 3102 is [super segment 3,
  • the partial reception segment of the 13-segment format of the center subchannel number 22] the center frequency is (219 + 1/7) MHz. This frequency arrangement is determined at this position in the example of FIG.
  • broadcasting segment 3101 is assigned to super segment 1: type A (one 13 segment) and is TS1.
  • Broadcast service group 3103 is assigned to each type of segment B for type B (7 segments), TS2 is news (real-time broadcast), TS3 is weather (real-time broadcast), TS4 is sports (real-time broadcast), TS5 is pilot broadcasting, TS6 is education (real-time broadcasting), TS7 is shopping (pushcast broadcasting), and TS8 is premium (pushcast broadcasting).
  • Super segment 3 Broadcast service group 3102 is assigned to type A (one 13 segment), and TS9 is set.
  • each broadcasting service group is assigned to a super segment. This allocation is performed by the multimedia signal generator 201 in FIG.
  • FIG. 33 is a configuration example of program information which is an example of pilot information transmitted by pilot broadcasting. 18 differs from FIG. 18 in that the program information is divided into (1) super segment 1 information, (2) super segment 2 information, and (3) super segment 3 information, and broadcast information in each super segment is divided into each super segment. It is to be transmitted by pilot broadcasting.
  • broadcast service groups are assigned to super segments, pilot programs for pilot broadcasting are provided for each super segment, and program information is transmitted. Therefore, on the receiving side, program information can be managed in units of super segments. Since it is good, it is possible to obtain only the information of the necessary super segment selected at that time, and it is possible to shorten the time until the information is obtained and the service table shown in FIG. 25 is constructed and displayed.
  • a receiving device capable of receiving in the 13-segment format can receive a super segment 1 or super segment 3 type A super segment, and can also connect one segment in a super segment unit.
  • a receiving apparatus capable of receiving a format has an effect of selecting a program only in the super segment received by using the pilot broadcast in the super segment by collectively receiving the super segment 2.
  • pilot broadcasts are arranged in the partial reception layer of type A (13 segment format), even in a 1 segment format receiver, pilot broadcasts (pilot segments) of the type A super segment service group Can be received.
  • FIG. 34 is a flowchart showing a receiving operation of the digital broadcast receiving apparatus 1926 in the sixth embodiment according to the present invention.
  • step 3401 the reception operation is started.
  • the CPU 1922 controls each block via the system bus 1921.
  • a super segment is first selected.
  • a super segment may be assigned to a broadcasting company, and the broadcasting company may be selected in the menu.
  • the channel selection unit 1902 selects a pilot segment (3201 for super segment 1, 3202 for super segment 2, 3203 for super segment 3) at the predetermined frequency position of the super segment selected in step 3402. Bureau.
  • Step 3403 the F / E unit 1924 demodulates the TS, the descramble 1 unit 1928 and the demax unit 1909 extract the super segment information which is pilot information of FIG. 33, and the system decode unit 1915 decodes it.
  • Fig. 35 shows an example of the service tuning table.
  • Each super segment is organized by operator identification, broadcast type, date / time, and program type, and a tuning frequency and a super segment type are assigned to each program.
  • the channel selection frequency is the center frequency of the center subchannel.
  • step 3405 real-time broadcast, pushcast broadcast, and downloaded service table are displayed.
  • a real-time broadcast service table is preferentially displayed, and a user selects a pushcast broadcast or a downloaded service table using a menu or the like.
  • FIG. 25 shows an example of a service table.
  • FIG. 25A shows an example of real-time broadcasting
  • FIG. 25B shows an example of pushcast broadcasting
  • a receiving device capable of receiving in the 13-segment format can receive a super segment 1 or super segment 3 type A super segment, and can also connect one segment in a super segment unit.
  • a receiving apparatus capable of receiving a format has an effect of selecting a program only in the super segment received by using the pilot broadcast in the super segment by collectively receiving the super segment 2.
  • pilot broadcasts are arranged in the partial reception layer of type A (13 segment format), even in a 1 segment format receiver, pilot broadcasts (pilot segments) of the type A super segment service group Can be received.
  • FIG. 36 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of pilot information of a digital broadcast transmission signal transmitted by the digital broadcast transmission apparatus according to the seventh embodiment of the present invention.
  • the version information consists of a pilot version number and the next scheduled update date and time.
  • the pilot version number is incremented by one when any change is made to the pilot information. The next time it reaches full scale, it returns to zero.
  • the next scheduled update date and time indicates the date and time when the pilot information will be changed next.
  • This information is transmitted in a TS of a broadcast other than the pilot broadcast.
  • pilot version information is provided in this information.
  • the pilot version information has the same contents as the version information of the pilot information.
  • pilot version information can be managed on the receiving side by providing the version information. Further, providing the next update scheduled date and time has an effect that the receiver can prepare for the next update. Furthermore, since pilot version information is provided as TS transmission system information in TS of other broadcasts other than pilot broadcasts, real-time broadcasts and push cast broadcasts other than pilot broadcasts are not received. In this case, the pilot broadcast version information can be obtained from the received TS.
  • version information is added to the pilot signal of FIG. 18 (b), but the pilot information of FIGS. 18 (a) (c), 28 (a) (b) (c), and FIG. May be added to
  • FIG. 37 is a flowchart showing a receiving operation of the digital broadcast receiving apparatus 1926 in the eighth embodiment according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 23 The same reference numerals as those in FIG. 23 represent the same functions.
  • step 3701 the reception operation is started.
  • the CPU 1922 controls each block via the system bus 1921.
  • step 3702 the digital broadcast receiving apparatus 1926 confirms whether the version information of the pilot information is available.
  • the pilot version numbers of the pilot information and the pilot version information of the TS transmission system information are compared in step 3703. If the pilot version numbers are the same, the scheduled update date is confirmed in step 3704. If it is before the scheduled update date, it is determined that the service channel list is the same as that previously created, and the service table is displayed in step 2305.
  • step 3702 If the version information is not available in step 3702, the digital broadcast receiving device 1926 is first started up, the system is reset, etc. In this case, the service tuning table has not yet been created. Therefore, the service tuning table is created after step 2302.
  • the pilot version number of the pilot version information of the TS transmission system information is updated more than the pilot version number of the version information of the pilot information in step 3703, the pilot information is updated, so the service channel selection table needs to be updated. After step 2302, the service tuning table is updated.
  • the service tuning table needs to be updated because the pilot information has been updated, and after step 2302, the service tuning table is updated.
  • step 2302 and Step 2303 The operations in Step 2302 and Step 2303 are as described in FIG.
  • version information is also extracted as pilot information.
  • step 3705 version information is stored.
  • step 2304 a service channel selection table is created or updated and stored.
  • step 2305 the service table is displayed.
  • Steps 2306, 2307, and 2308 when real-time broadcasting is selected in Step 2305, Steps 2309, 2310, 2311, and 2312 when Pushcast broadcasting is selected, and Steps 2313 and 2314 when Downloaded is selected are as follows. As described in FIG.
  • pilot version information is extracted and stored.
  • Real-time broadcasting is processed in steps 3706a, 3707a, 3708a
  • pushcast broadcasting is processed in steps 3706b, 3707b, 3708b. Since the operations are the same, the operations will be described with the subscripts a and b omitted.
  • step 3706 the pilot version information is extracted from the TS transmission system information of FIG. 36 by the descrambling 1 unit 1928 and the demax unit 1909 from the TS demodulated in step 2307, and decoded by the system decoding unit 1915.
  • step 3707 the pilot version number of the pilot version information is confirmed, and if it has been updated as compared with what has been stored previously, or if there is no previous storage, the process proceeds to step 3708.
  • step 3708 the pilot version number of the pilot version information is stored, and the process returns to step 3706.
  • step 3707 the pilot version number of the pilot version information is confirmed, and if it is the same as previously stored, the process returns to step 3706.
  • steps 3706, 3707, and 3708 are repeated to always update the pilot version information to the latest one.
  • the digital broadcast transmission signal can be received without being aware of the segment configuration.
  • version management of pilot information using version information has the effect of promptly displaying the service table when the pilot version number is the same (not updated) and before the scheduled update date and time.
  • pilot version information is provided as TS transmission system information in TS of other broadcasts other than pilot broadcasts, real-time broadcasts and push cast broadcasts other than pilot broadcasts are not received. In this case, it is possible to obtain the pilot version information from the received TS and confirm the update of the pilot information.
  • FIG. 38 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of a segment configuration of a digital broadcast transmission signal transmitted by the digital broadcast transmission device according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 38 shows the segment configuration example described with reference to FIG. 4.
  • reference numerals 3801 and 3802 denote pilot segments in the segment configuration examples (a) and (b), respectively.
  • the pilot segment is a segment for transmitting a pilot broadcast, and is a 1-segment format segment or a 13-segment format partial reception segment.
  • FIG. 38 differs from the segment configuration example of FIG. 17 in that the frequency arrangement of pilot segments is aligned in FIGS. 38 (a) and 38 (b).
  • the pilot segment 3801 is a segment of [super segment 4, center subchannel number 1], the center frequency is (216 + 1/7) MHz, and in the example of FIG.
  • the segment 3802 is a segment of [Super segment 2, center subchannel number 19], the center frequency is (216 + 1/7) MHz, and the pilot segment frequency arrangement is the same in FIGS. 38 (a) and (b). is there. This frequency arrangement is determined at this position in the example of FIG.
  • Super Segment 1 Type B (5 segments) is assigned 5 programs of real-time broadcasting 1603 to each segment format, TS2 is news, TS3 is weather, TS4 is shopping, TS5 is sports, TS6 is education To do.
  • Super segment 2 One program of real-time broadcast 1603 is assigned to type B (one segment) to one segment format, and TS7 is made premium.
  • Pushcast broadcast 1601 is assigned to type A (1 13 segments) and TS1.
  • Pilot broadcast 1604 is assigned to type B (one segment) as a pilot segment, and TS8 is set.
  • Super segment 5 Mixed broadcast 1602 is assigned to type A (one 13 segment), and TS9 is set.
  • Super segment 1 Type A (1 13 segments) is assigned pushcast broadcast 1601 to TS1.
  • Super segment 2 Type B (seven segments) type 6 (real-time broadcasting 1603) and pilot broadcasting 1604 as pilot segments are assigned to one segment format, TS2 is news, TS3 is weather, TS4 is shopping, TS5 Are sports, TS6 is education, TS7 is premium, and TS8 is pilot broadcasting 1604.
  • Super segment 3 Mixed broadcast 1602 is assigned to type A (one 13 segment) and TS9.
  • one type B super segment of one segment type is used as a pilot segment
  • one segment of seven type B super segments connected in one segment type is used as a pilot. It is a segment. Therefore, the example of FIG. 38 (a) is suitable when processing is performed in units of super segments, and the example of FIG. 38 (b) is suitable when processing is performed in units of TS.
  • FIG. 39 is an example of pilot information transmitted by pilot broadcasting.
  • Physical channel information defines the frequencies of three physical channels, physical channels 1, 2, and 3.
  • the frequency of the physical channel may be indicated by a start frequency to an end frequency, and since the physical channel bandwidth is determined to be 6 MHz, it may be defined by the start, end, and center frequencies. Note that the frequency position of the physical channel may be defined by overlapping some bands. In this case, the frequency bandwidth of the overlapping portion is an integral multiple of 6/14 MHz.
  • the super segment information links the super segment number and the super segment configuration.
  • Super segment type ⁇ type A (13 segments), type B (1 segment) ⁇ , number of connections, physical channel numbers ⁇ 1, 2, 3 ⁇ , central subchannel number ⁇ 0 to 41 ⁇ (13 segments for 13 segments) By indicating the value of the central segment), the super segment configuration and its frequency arrangement are determined.
  • TS information associates TS number (see Fig. 2) and super segment structure. If the super segment number, super segment type, and center subchannel number are known, the transmission segment of the TS number can be determined, and as a result, the transmission frequency arrangement can be known.
  • FIG. 40 (a) shows the physical channel information, super segment information, and TS information of FIG. 38 (a) and FIG. 40 (b).
  • the frequency arrangements of the pilot segments which are the pilot broadcasts in FIG. 38 and the pilot information transmitted in the pilot broadcasts in FIG. 39 are the same, the frequency arrangements of the pilot segments are the same in FIGS. 39.
  • a pilot segment having a frequency arrangement is selected and demodulated, whereby the super segment configuration can be recognized from the pilot information shown in FIG. 39. Therefore, when processing is performed in units of super segments shown in FIG. To a super segment configuration suitable for processing in units of TS in FIG. 38 (b), and a super segment configuration suitable for processing in units of TS in FIG. 38 (b). From the segment configuration to the super segment configuration suitable for processing in units of super segments in FIG. One even there is an effect that can be changed.
  • FIG. 41 is a block diagram showing a system configuration of digital broadcast distribution in the tenth embodiment according to the present invention.
  • Reference numeral 4101 denotes a content sending device
  • 4106 denotes a receiving device
  • 4111 denotes an audience rating information totaling device.
  • the content transmission device 4101 is a digital broadcast transmission device that transmits content as a digital broadcast.
  • a viewing information element (AudienceRating) is multiplexed and transmitted as metadata of the transmitted content.
  • a receiving device 4106 is a digital broadcast receiving device that receives a digital broadcast.
  • the viewing information element is included in the metadata of the content of the selected program, the viewing information data is transmitted to the audience rating information totaling device 4411 via the network.
  • a network connection function for connecting to a network using a wired or wireless communication network is provided.
  • the audience rating information totaling device 4111 counts the viewing information data sent from the receiving device 4106 and transmits the obtained audience rating information to the content sending device 4101.
  • the configuration of the content transmission device 4101 is the same as the configuration of the digital broadcast transmission device in FIG.
  • FIG. 42 is a block diagram showing a configuration of the receiving device 4106.
  • Reference numeral 4201 denotes a touch panel, and the operation of the digital broadcast receiving apparatus can be performed on the touch panel 4201 via the I / O 1920.
  • Reference numeral 4202 denotes a speaker, and 4203 denotes a video display unit such as a panel.
  • the speaker 4202 outputs the audio of the digital broadcast receiving device via the audio output 1911, and the video display unit 4203 displays the video of the digital broadcast receiving device via the video output 1914.
  • FIG. 43 is a block diagram illustrating a software configuration example of the reception device 4106 according to the present embodiment.
  • the control software 4300 for realizing the function of the receiving device 4106 is stored in the NVRAM 1916, the ROM 1917, or the recording medium 1931 of the receiving device 4106, and is expanded in the RAM 1918 and executed by the CPU 1922 at the time of execution.
  • the control software 4300 includes a metadata extraction unit 4301, a metadata analysis unit 4302, a program information extraction unit 4303, a viewing information data generation unit 4304, a receiver registration processing unit 4305, a receiver registration information generation unit 4306, and a receiver registration UI generation.
  • a unit 4307 and a network communication processing unit 4308 are included.
  • the metadata extraction unit 4301 acquires the metadata separated by the demux 1909 of the receiving device 4106.
  • the metadata analysis unit 4302 detects the ⁇ ProgramDescription> tag from the metadata information acquired by the metadata extraction unit 4301, and extracts “program description” in which information about the program and the audience rating is described.
  • “program description” receiver information transmission destination for registering receiver information, which is information on a receiver that transmits basic information on a program such as a program name of digital broadcasting and viewing information data Registered receiver data transmission destination information that is a URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) indicating the viewing information data, viewing information data transmission destination information that is a URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) indicating the transmission destination of the viewing information data, and the audience rating information of the program Described. Details of the metadata description will be described later.
  • the program information extraction unit 4303 acquires a program name, an identifier for identifying a program, and the like from an EIT (Event Information Table) included in the digital broadcast signal, and identifies a program being received.
  • EIT Event Information Table
  • the viewing information data generation unit 4304 identifies the program being viewed at 0 seconds per minute from the program information extraction unit 4303 and generates viewing information data for transmission to the audience rating information totaling device 4111.
  • the receiver registration processing unit 4305 detects the registered receiver data transmission destination information in the information extracted from the metadata analysis unit 4302, and when the registered flag is 0, the receiver registration data is registered receiver data.
  • the receiver registration UI generation unit 4307 is instructed to generate a receiver data transmission confirmation UI (User-Interface) that confirms to the user whether to transmit to the destination information.
  • the registered flag is reset to 0 when the power of the receiving device 4106 is turned off.
  • the receiver registration information generation unit 4306 includes a receiver that includes ID information that allows the audience rating information aggregating apparatus to uniquely identify the receiver 4106 when the user specifies that the receiver data is transmitted to the registered receiver data transmission destination information. Data is generated and output to the network communication processing unit 4308.
  • the receiver registration UI generation unit 4307 When instructed by the receiver registration processing unit 4305, the receiver registration UI generation unit 4307 generates a receiver data receiver data transmission confirmation UI and displays it on the display 4205 of the reception device 4106. Further, a normal response UI when the receiver data can be normally transmitted to the audience rating totaling apparatus 4111 and an error response UI when the transmission fails are displayed on the display 4205 of the receiving apparatus 4106.
  • the network communication processing unit 4308 transmits / receives data to / from the audience rating information totaling device 4111 connected to the network via the communication I / F 1919.
  • FIG. 44 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the audience rating information totaling apparatus 4111 according to this embodiment.
  • 4401 is a central processing unit (CPU)
  • 4402 is a RAM (Random Access ⁇ 4Memory), which is a main memory
  • 4403 is a ROM (Read Only ⁇ Memory) in which a boot program is stored
  • 4404 is a record for recording a program, data, and the like.
  • 4405 is an input / output unit (hereinafter referred to as I / O)
  • 4407 is a screen output unit for displaying a screen
  • 4408 is a system bus
  • 4409 is an I / O.
  • a keyboard that is one of the external input devices connected to the O4406, a mouse 4410 that is one of the external input devices connected to the I / O 4406, and an external display that is connected to the screen output unit 4407.
  • FIG. 45 is a diagram showing an example of metadata transmitted after being multiplexed with content.
  • Metadata 4501 is content description metadata that provides information about the program audience rating. Here, a description will be given taking as an example a case of description in XML (Extensible Markup Language).
  • the metadata 4501 is generated for each program, multiplexed with the program content, and repeatedly transmitted every predetermined time.
  • the ⁇ TVAMain> tag is a tag indicating the root element 4603 of the content description metadata.
  • the content description metadata is described from the ⁇ TVAMain> tag to the part enclosed by the ⁇ / TVAMain> tag.
  • 4503 is a data description part of content description metadata.
  • the ⁇ ProgramDescription> tag is a tag indicating that the content of the content description metadata is “program description”.
  • the receiver can determine the type of content description metadata by the ⁇ ProgramDescription> tag.
  • ⁇ UserDescription> indicating “viewer preference or content usage history description” is defined as a tag indicating the type of content.
  • program information description is provided as “program description” information
  • program audience information description is defined and described as one element in “program information description”.
  • the ⁇ ProgramInformationTable> tag is a tag indicating that this metadata has “program information description”. “Program information description” is described by a ⁇ ProgramInformation> tag.
  • the ⁇ ProgramInformation> tag has programId5808 which is an ID for uniquely identifying a program as attribute information.
  • programId5808 information for uniquely identifying the broadcaster is described. For example, a domain name such as "hitachi.com” is set.
  • the “bbb” portion of programId 5808 is set with an identifier for uniquely identifying a program within one broadcaster.
  • “ ⁇ broadcast date / time> / ⁇ content category> / ⁇ service ID> / ⁇ event ID>” is separated by “/” and configured with the broadcast date / time, content category, service ID, event ID, and the like.
  • ⁇ Broadcast date> is described in the YYMMDD format.
  • ⁇ Content category> indicates real-time broadcasting or storage broadcasting. Real-time broadcasting is described as rt, and storage broadcasting is described as fd.
  • These pieces of information are also information transmitted together with the broadcast program included in the digital broadcast signal, and information about the program being received can be acquired by the program information extraction unit 4303. Therefore, by configuring the programId 5808 as described above, the program being received can be easily associated with the acquired content description metadata.
  • ⁇ ProgramInformation> tag is an element tag as ⁇ BasicDescription> tag (program basic information description part) 4504, ⁇ ViewInformation> tag (viewing data collection information description part) 4505, ⁇ ViewRegistration> tag (registration destination information description part) 4506, ⁇ RatingInformation > Has a tag (viewing rate information description part) 4507
  • ⁇ BasicDescription> tag (program basic information description part) 4504 is a tag indicating that basic information about a program is described.
  • the program basic information description unit 4504 has a ⁇ Title> tag as an element tag.
  • the ⁇ Title> tag represents a program name, and the program name is described in a portion surrounded by the ⁇ Title> tag and the ⁇ / Title> tag.
  • ⁇ ViewInformation> tag (viewing data collection information description section) 4505 is a tag indicating that information for collecting information related to viewing is described.
  • the viewing data collection information description unit 4505 has a ⁇ ServerUri> tag as an element tag.
  • viewing information data transmission destination information which is a URI indicating the transmission destination of the viewing information data of the program is described.
  • ⁇ ViewRegistration> tag (registration destination information description part) 4506 is a tag indicating that information for registering a receiver that provides viewing information is described.
  • the registration destination information description unit 4506 has a ⁇ ServerUri> tag as an element tag.
  • receiver registration data transmission destination information which is a URI indicating a transmission destination of receiver registration data for registering a receiver that provides viewing information is described.
  • ⁇ RatingInformation> (viewing rate information description part) 4507 is a tag indicating that the rating information of the program indicated by programId5808 is described.
  • the ⁇ RatingInformation> tag describes information related to audience rating information of the program.
  • Viewing rate information description part) 4507 has ⁇ Time> tag, ⁇ Ratio> tag, etc. as element tags.
  • the ⁇ Time> tag describes the time zone used to calculate the audience rating of the program at any time. Usually, the time zone indicating the latest audience rating is described.
  • the ⁇ Ratio> tag describes the value of the audience rating (every minute audience rating) at 0 seconds per minute. Describe the numerical value in percentage display with the maximum value being 100, up to one decimal place. When there is no audience rating information, this tag is not included in the content description metadata.
  • FIG. 46 is a flowchart of a registration process for registering the receiving device 4106 as a receiver that provides viewing information. The registration process is executed only when the digital broadcast is being viewed and the receiver has not yet been registered, that is, when the value of the registered flag is 0.
  • the receiver registration processing unit 4305 determines whether the registration destination information description unit 4506 exists in the metadata 4501 by detecting ⁇ ViewRegistration> of the metadata. (Step 4601). When the receiver registration data transmission destination information is detected, the receiver registration processing unit 4305 detects the ⁇ ServerURI> tag in the registration destination information description unit 4506, and acquires “receiver registration data transmission destination information” (step S3). 4602). The receiver registration processing unit 4305 requests the receiver registration UI generation unit 4307 to generate a receiver data receiver data transmission confirmation UI, and displays it on the display 4205 (step 4603). A display example of the receiver data transmission confirmation UI is shown in FIG.
  • Reference numeral 5401 denotes a message for confirming transmission of receiver data.
  • the user selects the “Register” button 5402. If the receiver data is not transmitted, the user selects the “Cancel” button 5403.
  • the receiver registration processing unit 4305 determines which button of the receiver data transmission confirmation UI has been selected (step 4604). If the “Cancel” button 5403 is selected, the process ends.
  • the receiver registration information generating unit 4306 generates receiver data to be registered, and transmits the receiver data to the audience rating information totaling apparatus 4111 via the network communication processing unit 4308.
  • the information of the transmission destination is the receiver registration data transmission destination acquired in step 4602 (step 4605).
  • step 4606 It is determined whether a registration completion response to the receiver data transmitted to the audience rating information totaling apparatus 4111 has been received within a predetermined timeout time (step 4606).
  • the registered flag is set to 1 (step 4607).
  • the receiver registration UI generation unit 4307 When the registration completion response is received, the receiver registration UI generation unit 4307 generates a normal response UI (FIG. 54B), displays it on the display 4205, and ends the registration process (step 4608).
  • the receiver registration UI generation unit 4307 generates an error response UI (FIG. 54 (c)), displays the error response UI on the display 4205, and ends the registration process without being registered (step 4608).
  • FIG. 47 is a flowchart of viewing information data generation and transmission processing by the receiving device 4106.
  • FIG. The generation and transmission process flow is executed at 0 second per minute.
  • the viewing information data generation unit 4304 acquires the time when the process is executed. (Step 4701).
  • the service ID and event ID which are identification information of the program being viewed, are acquired from the program information extraction unit 4303. (Step 4702).
  • the viewing information data generation unit 4304 acquires metadata corresponding to the program being viewed from the metadata analysis unit 4302. At this time, the service ID and event ID acquired in step 4702 are passed as search arguments.
  • the metadata analysis unit 4302 compares the ⁇ programId> 4508 of the ⁇ ProgramInformation> tag with the argument service ID and the event ID that have been passed, and returns the requested metadata.
  • the viewing information data generation unit 4304 extracts the viewing data collection information description unit 4505 from the acquired metadata by detecting the ⁇ ViewInformation> tag, and acquires “viewing information data transmission destination information” described in the ⁇ ServerUri> tag. (Step 4703).
  • the viewing information data generation unit 4304 generates the viewing information data shown in FIG. 48 (step 4704).
  • the viewing information data generation unit 4304 transmits the generated viewing data to the viewing information data transmission destination extracted in step 4703 via the network communication processing unit 4308 (step 4705).
  • FIG. 48 is a diagram showing an example of viewing information data.
  • the viewing information data 4801 is described in XML
  • 4802 is an XML declaration.
  • ⁇ ViewInformationTable> is an element (tag) for describing a table related to viewing information of the receiving device 4106.
  • the ⁇ ViewInformationTable> tag has a ⁇ ViewInformation> tag, and a plurality of ⁇ ViewInformation> tags can be described in one ⁇ ViewInformationTable> tag.
  • the ⁇ ViewInformation> tag is an element (tag) for describing viewing information for each program.
  • ⁇ ViewInformation> tag has ⁇ programId> tag, ⁇ Time> tag, and ⁇ ReceiverId> tag.
  • the ⁇ programId> tag is a tag that describes channel information of a viewing program, and uses the programId 4508 of attribute information of the ⁇ ProgramInformation> tag in the metadata 4501 transmitted from the content transmission apparatus 4101.
  • the ⁇ Time> tag indicates the time when the viewing information data was taken. The time is described in the YYYY-MMDDThh: mm: ss format. YYYY is a 4-digit year, MM is a 2-digit month, DD is a 2-digit day, hh is a 2-digit hour, mm is a 2-digit minute, and ss is always 00.
  • the ⁇ ReceiverId> tag describes the same receiver data that uniquely identifies the receiving device 4106.
  • FIG. 49 is a diagram illustrating an example of receiver data generated and transmitted by the receiver registration information generation unit 4306.
  • a description will be given by taking an example described in XML.
  • Receiver data 4901 is described in XML, and 4902 is an XML declaration.
  • ⁇ ViewRegistrationTable> is an element (tag) for describing a table related to receiver information of the receiving device 4106.
  • the ⁇ ViewRegistrationTable> tag has a ⁇ ViewRegistration> tag.
  • the ⁇ ViewRegistration> tag is an element (tag) for describing information for uniquely identifying the receiving device 4106.
  • the ⁇ ViewRegistration> tag has a ⁇ ReceiverId> tag.
  • the ⁇ ReceiverId> tag describes information for identifying the receiving device 4106 as a position. Specifically, in the case of a mobile phone, a telephone number, an e-mail address, etc. correspond to this.
  • FIG. 50 is a diagram illustrating a software configuration example of the audience rating information totaling device 4111.
  • Control software that realizes the function of the audience rating information totaling apparatus 4111 is stored in the RAM 4402, the ROM 4403, or the recording medium 4404 of the audience rating information totaling apparatus 4111, and is expanded in the RAM 4402 and executed by the CPU 4401 at the time of execution.
  • 50 includes a viewing information data reception processing unit 5001, a receiver data reception processing unit 5002, an audience rating information calculation unit 5003, and an audience rating information provision unit 5004.
  • the flow processed by the viewing information data reception processing unit 5001 will be described with reference to FIG.
  • Viewing information report data reception processing unit 5001 receives viewing information data 4801 from network communication processing unit 4308 (step 5501).
  • ⁇ ProgramId> information, ⁇ Time> information, and ⁇ ReceiverId> information are extracted from the viewing information data 4801 (step 5502). It is determined whether the ⁇ ReceiverId> information extracted in step 5502 includes ⁇ ReceiverId> information already registered as receiver data (step 5503). It is determined whether or not ⁇ ReceiverId> information has already been registered and viewing information data in which a combination of ⁇ programId> information, ⁇ Time> information, and ⁇ ReceiverId> information is duplicated is already stored (step 5504). .
  • the received viewing information data is stored in the storage medium 4404 (step 5505).
  • the received viewing information data is discarded (step 5506).
  • the receiver data reception processing unit 5002 receives the receiver data 4901 from the network communication processing unit 4308 (step 5601). ⁇ ReceiverId> information is extracted from the receiver data 4901 (step 5602). It is determined whether or not the viewing information data in which the ⁇ ReceiverId> information is duplicated is already stored (5603). If there is no overlap, that is, new receiver data, the received receiver data is stored in the storage medium 4404 (step 5604). If duplicate receiver data has already been stored, the received receiver data is discarded (step 5605). When the receiver data is stored, a normal response is transmitted, and when it is discarded, an error response is transmitted to the receiver via the network (step 5606).
  • the flow processed by the audience rating information calculation unit 5003 will be described with reference to FIG.
  • the audience rating information calculation unit 5003 waits until a predetermined timing and executes processing.
  • the predetermined timing may be changed to a 1-minute period at which the time is 00 seconds as a minimum unit, and may be changed to a 5-minute period or a 10-minute period as necessary.
  • a case of a 5-minute cycle will be described as an example.
  • the audience rating calculation timing at which the time is 00 seconds in a 5-minute cycle is determined (step 5701).
  • the time 1 minute before this timing is 00 seconds.
  • the number of viewing information data with ⁇ Time> information is counted for each ⁇ programId> information as the numerator, and the receiver data
  • the number of ⁇ ReceiverId> registered from 1 is used as a denominator, and a numerical value in percentage display with a maximum value of 100 is calculated as a viewing rate of the program to one decimal place (step 5702).
  • This audience rating is transmitted to the content transmission device 4401 as audience rating aggregate data (step 5703).
  • the audience rating information providing unit 5004 converts the audience rating aggregated data calculated by the audience rating information calculating unit 5003 into the same format as the metadata 4507, and transmits it to the content transmission apparatus 4101 via the network communication processing unit 4308.
  • FIG. 58 shows an example when the data to be transmitted by the audience rating information providing unit 5004 is described in XML.
  • the audience rating total data 5801 is described in XML, and 5802 is an XML declaration.
  • the audience rating data 5803, 5804, and 5805 for each program described by the ⁇ ProgramInformation> tag has different programId attribute information, and can be uniquely specified for each program.
  • the ⁇ Time> information in the ⁇ RatingInformation> information is the same because all the audience ratings at the same timing are totaled.
  • the ⁇ Ratio> information describes the audience rating for each ⁇ programId> information.
  • the content transmission apparatus that has received the audience rating data can use the audience rating data 5803, 5804, and 5805 as metadata 4507 as they are.
  • the audience rating information totaling apparatus can obtain the viewing information data from the receiver almost in real time during the program broadcast. Moreover, the acquired audience rating information is totaled and provided to the content transmission apparatus as needed. As a result, a broadcaster that sends out content can obtain the viewing rate of the broadcasted program almost in real time.
  • the receiver 4106 receives audience rating information of a program distributed using metadata and presents it to the user will be described.
  • FIG. 51 is a diagram illustrating a software configuration example of the reception device 4106 according to the present embodiment.
  • the audience rating information extraction unit 5101 extracts ⁇ RatingInformation> information 4507 of the metadata 4501 extracted from the metadata analysis unit 4302.
  • FIG. 52 is a diagram showing a processing flow for obtaining audience rating information from the metadata 4501 and presenting it to the user.
  • the program information extraction unit 4303 acquires the currently viewed program information, and the audience rating information extraction unit 5101 extracts ⁇ Ratio> information from the metadata 4507 (step 5201).
  • the audience rating information of ⁇ Ratio> is displayed in the upper right part of the display 4205 of the receiving device 4106 (step 5202).
  • FIG. 53 is a diagram showing a display example of audience rating information displayed on the display 4205 of the reception device 4106. At the same time as the program, audience rating information is displayed in the upper right part of the screen.
  • the audience rating information totaling apparatus can obtain the viewing information data from the receiver almost in real time during the program broadcast. Moreover, the acquired audience rating information is totaled and provided to the content transmission apparatus as needed. As a result, a broadcaster that sends out content can obtain the viewing rate of the broadcasted program almost in real time. Further, the content transmission device transmits the acquired audience rating information as content metadata by digital broadcast waves. Thereby, the user can know the audience rating of the program being viewed in almost real time.
  • this invention is not limited to an above-described Example, Various modifications are included.
  • the above-described embodiments have been described in detail for easy understanding of the present invention, and are not necessarily limited to those having all the configurations described.
  • a part of the configuration of one embodiment can be replaced with the configuration of another embodiment, and the configuration of another embodiment can be added to the configuration of one embodiment.
  • Each of the above-described configurations, functions, processing units, processing means, and the like may be realized by hardware by designing a part or all of them with, for example, an integrated circuit.
  • Each of the above-described configurations, functions, and the like may be realized by software by interpreting and executing a program that realizes each function by the processor.
  • Information such as programs, tables, and files for realizing each function can be stored in a recording device such as a memory, a hard disk, an SSD (Solid State Drive), or a recording medium such as an IC card, an SD card, or a DVD.
  • a recording device such as a memory, a hard disk, an SSD (Solid State Drive), or a recording medium such as an IC card, an SD card, or a DVD.
  • control lines and information lines indicate what is considered necessary for the explanation, and not all the control lines and information lines on the product are necessarily shown. Actually, it may be considered that almost all the components are connected to each other.
  • Convolutional encoding unit 606 ... Carrier modulation unit 607 ... Bit interleaving unit 608 ... Mapping unit 609 ... Output 701 ... Input 702 ... Pilot signal configuration unit 703 ... TMCC (Transmission and Multiplexing Configuration Control) signal configuration unit 704 ... AC (Auxiliary Channel) signal configuration unit 705 ... OFDM frame configuration unit 706 ... Output 1901 ... Antenna 19 2 ... Channel selection unit 1903 ... Orthogonal demodulation unit 1904 ... Fast Fourier transform (FFT) unit 1905 ... Demodulation decoding unit 1906 ... Synchronous reproduction unit 1907 ... Frame extraction unit 1908 ... TMCC decoding unit 1909 ... Demax unit 1910 ...
  • FFT Fast Fourier transform
  • CAS Consumer Access System 1931 ... Recording medium 2101 ... Input 2102 ... Carrier demodulation unit 2103 ... Deinterleaving unit 2104 ... Demapping unit 2105 ... Bit deinterleaving unit 2106 ... Depuncture unit 2107 ... Viterbi decoding unit 2108 ... Byte deinterleaving unit 2109 ... Energy despreading unit 2110 ... TS reproduction unit 2111 ... RS (Reed-Solomon) decoding unit 2112 ... Output 2121 ... Hierarchy division unit 2122 ... Hierarchy synthesis unit 2201 ... Input 2202 ... Carrier demodulation unit 2203 ... Deinterleaving unit 2204 ...
  • Demapping unit 2205 Bit deinterleave Unit 2206 Depuncture unit 2207 Viterbi decoding unit 2208 Byte deinterleaving unit 2209 Energy despreading unit 2210 TS reproduction unit 2211 RS (Reed-Solomon) decoding unit 2212 Output 4 111 ... audience rating information totaling device 4301 ... metadata extraction unit 4302 ... metadata analysis unit 4303 ... program information extraction unit 4304 ... viewing information data generation unit 4305 ... receiver registration processing unit 4306 ... receiver registration information generation unit 4307 ... reception Machine registration UI generation unit 4308... Network communication processing unit 4501... Metadata 4504 distributed from the content sending device. Metadata element 4505 describing basic information of the program.
  • Metadata element 4506 describing viewing information data transmission destination information.
  • Metadata element 4507 describing registered receiver data transmission destination information ...
  • Metadata element 4801 describing audience rating information of program ... Viewing information data 4803 including viewing information of program ... Viewing information 4901 for each program ...
  • Receiver information Including receiver data 4903 ...
  • Hearing information data receiver 5002 ...
  • receiver data receiver 5003 ... ratings information calculation unit 5101 ... viewership processor

Abstract

The prior art has a disadvantage that it is impossible to collect, in real time, view information data, which is to be used for calculating audience rates of digital broadcast programs, and to distribute, in real time, the audience rate data, which has been calculated from a result of the collection, to digital broadcast receiver apparatuses. In light of this problem, view information data is transmitted in real time and calculated audience rate data is distributed in real time, whereby the audience rates of digital broadcast programs can be ascertained in real time.

Description

デジタル放送送受信システム、受信装置及び送出装置Digital broadcast transmission / reception system, reception device, and transmission device
　本発明は、映像、音声、データなどのデジタル情報を送るデジタル放送の送信技術、受信技術に関する。 The present invention relates to digital broadcasting transmission technology and reception technology for transmitting digital information such as video, audio and data.
　従来は、特許文献１に示されているように、セグメント単位の様々な情報を送信するとき、複数のセグメントを一括処理して送信し、受信機側ではその受信信号の中から任意のセグメントを選択、復調できるようにしていた。 Conventionally, as shown in Patent Document 1, when transmitting various pieces of information in segment units, a plurality of segments are processed and transmitted at the same time, and the receiver side selects an arbitrary segment from the received signal. It was possible to select and demodulate.
特開２０００－２１６７４８号公報JP 2000-216748 A
　上記特許文献１では、送信側ではセグメント単位で様々な情報を送信し、受信側ではその中から任意のセグメントを選択、復調することが開示されている。 Patent Document 1 discloses that the transmitting side transmits various pieces of information on a segment basis, and the receiving side selects and demodulates an arbitrary segment.
　しかしながら、複数のセグメント単位の様々な情報を関連付けて送信し、受信機側ではその関連に応じてセグメントを選択、復調するという、セグメント間の情報関連付けについては示されていなかった。 However, the information association between the segments, in which various pieces of information in a plurality of segment units are transmitted in association with each other and the segment is selected and demodulated in accordance with the association, has not been shown.
　本発明はこのような状況に鑑みてなされたものであり、その目的は、セグメント間の情報を関連付けし、その関連に応じてセグメントを選択、復調することが可能な送信装置あるいは受信装置を提供することにある。 The present invention has been made in view of such a situation, and an object thereof is to provide a transmission device or a reception device that associates information between segments and can select and demodulate segments according to the association. There is to do.
　上記目的を達成するために、例えば、特許請求の範囲に記載の構成を採用する。 In order to achieve the above object, for example, the configuration described in the claims is adopted.
　本発明によれば、送信側でセグメント間の情報を関連させることができ、また、その関連に応じて受信側でセグメントを選択、復調することが可能なため、ひとつのセグメントで伝送できる情報量以上の情報を処理することが可能であり、また、選択、復調しているセグメント以外の他のセグメントの情報を入手することが可能となる。 According to the present invention, information between segments can be associated on the transmission side, and a segment can be selected and demodulated on the reception side according to the association, so that the amount of information that can be transmitted in one segment The above information can be processed, and information on segments other than the selected and demodulated segments can be obtained.
本発明の第１の実施形態に係るデジタル放送送受信システムの構成を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows the structure of the digital broadcast transmission / reception system which concerns on the 1st Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第１の実施形態に係るデジタル放送送信装置の構成を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows the structure of the digital broadcast transmitter which concerns on the 1st Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第１の実施形態に係るマルチメディア信号発生の構成を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows the structure of the multimedia signal generation which concerns on the 1st Embodiment of this invention. 本発明のデジタル放送送信装置が送信するデジタル放送送信信号のセグメント構成の一実施例を示す説明図である。It is explanatory drawing which shows one Example of the segment structure of the digital broadcast transmission signal which the digital broadcast transmission apparatus of this invention transmits. 本発明のデジタル放送送信装置が送信するデジタル放送送信信号のセグメント構成の一実施例を示す説明図である。It is explanatory drawing which shows one Example of the segment structure of the digital broadcast transmission signal which the digital broadcast transmission apparatus of this invention transmits. 本発明の主要ブロックである変調・符号化部２１２、２２２の構成を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows the structure of the modulation | alteration / encoding part 212,222 which is the main blocks of this invention. 本発明の主要ブロックであるフレーム構成部２１４、２２４の構成を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows the structure of the frame structure parts 214 and 224 which are the main blocks of this invention. 本発明のデジタル放送送信装置が送信するデジタル放送送信信号のフレーム構成の説明図である。It is explanatory drawing of the frame structure of the digital broadcast transmission signal which the digital broadcast transmission apparatus of this invention transmits. 本発明の主要ブロックであるＴＭＣＣ信号構成部６０３で構成するＴＭＣＣ信号を示す説明図である。It is explanatory drawing which shows the TMCC signal comprised by the TMCC signal structure part 603 which is the main blocks of this invention. 本発明の主要ブロックであるＴＭＣＣ信号構成部６０３で構成するＴＭＣＣ信号を示す説明図である。It is explanatory drawing which shows the TMCC signal comprised by the TMCC signal structure part 603 which is the main blocks of this invention. 本発明の主要ブロックであるＴＭＣＣ信号構成部６０３で構成するＴＭＣＣ信号を示す説明図である。It is explanatory drawing which shows the TMCC signal comprised by the TMCC signal structure part 603 which is the main blocks of this invention. 本発明の主要ブロックであるＴＭＣＣ信号構成部６０３で構成するＴＭＣＣ信号を示す説明図である。It is explanatory drawing which shows the TMCC signal comprised by the TMCC signal structure part 603 which is the main blocks of this invention. 本発明の主要ブロックであるＴＭＣＣ信号構成部６０３で構成するＴＭＣＣ信号を示す説明図である。It is explanatory drawing which shows the TMCC signal comprised by the TMCC signal structure part 603 which is the main blocks of this invention. 本発明の主要ブロックであるＴＭＣＣ信号構成部６０３で構成するＴＭＣＣ信号を示す説明図である。It is explanatory drawing which shows the TMCC signal comprised by the TMCC signal structure part 603 which is the main blocks of this invention. 本発明の主要ブロックであるＴＭＣＣ信号構成部６０３で構成するＴＭＣＣ信号を示す説明図である。It is explanatory drawing which shows the TMCC signal comprised by the TMCC signal structure part 603 which is the main blocks of this invention. 本発明のデジタル放送送信装置が送信するデジタル放送送信信号のサービス構成の一実施例を示す説明図である。It is explanatory drawing which shows one Example of the service structure of the digital broadcast transmission signal which the digital broadcast transmission apparatus of this invention transmits. 本発明のデジタル放送送信装置が送信するデジタル放送送信信号のセグメント構成の一実施例を示す説明図である。It is explanatory drawing which shows one Example of the segment structure of the digital broadcast transmission signal which the digital broadcast transmission apparatus of this invention transmits. 本発明のデジタル放送送信装置が送信するデジタル放送送信信号のパイロット情報の一実施例を示す説明図である。It is explanatory drawing which shows one Example of the pilot information of the digital broadcast transmission signal which the digital broadcast transmission apparatus of this invention transmits. 本発明の第２の実施形態に係るデジタル放送受信装置の構成を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows the structure of the digital broadcast receiver which concerns on the 2nd Embodiment of this invention. 本発明のデジタル放送受信装置が受信するデジタル放送送信信号の説明図である。It is explanatory drawing of the digital broadcast transmission signal which the digital broadcast receiver of this invention receives. 本発明の主要ブロックである復調復号部１９０５の構成を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows the structure of the demodulation decoding part 1905 which is the main blocks of this invention. 本発明の主要ブロックである復調復号部１９０５の他の構成を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows the other structure of the demodulation decoding part 1905 which is the main blocks of this invention. 本発明のデジタル放送受信装置の受信動作を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the reception operation | movement of the digital broadcast receiver of this invention. 本発明のデジタル放送受信装置のサービス選局表の一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the service channel selection table of the digital broadcast receiver of this invention. 本発明のデジタル放送受信装置のサービス表の一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the service table of the digital broadcast receiver of this invention. 本発明の第３の実施形態に係るデジタル放送送信装置が送信するデジタル放送送信信号のサービス構成の一実施例を示す説明図である。It is explanatory drawing which shows one Example of the service structure of the digital broadcast transmission signal which the digital broadcast transmission apparatus which concerns on the 3rd Embodiment of this invention transmits. 本発明のデジタル放送送信装置が送信するデジタル放送送信信号のセグメント構成の一実施例を示す説明図である。It is explanatory drawing which shows one Example of the segment structure of the digital broadcast transmission signal which the digital broadcast transmission apparatus of this invention transmits. 本発明のデジタル放送送信装置が送信するデジタル放送送信信号のパイロット情報の一実施例を示す説明図である。It is explanatory drawing which shows one Example of the pilot information of the digital broadcast transmission signal which the digital broadcast transmission apparatus of this invention transmits. 本発明の第４の実施形態に係るデジタル放送受信装置の受信動作を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the reception operation | movement of the digital broadcast receiver which concerns on the 4th Embodiment of this invention. 本発明のデジタル放送受信装置のリアルタイム放送用のサービス選局表の一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the service selection table | surface for real-time broadcasting of the digital broadcast receiver of this invention. 本発明のデジタル放送受信装置のプッシュキャスト放送用のサービス選局表の一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the service channel selection table | surface for push cast broadcasting of the digital broadcast receiver of this invention. 本発明の第５の実施形態に係るデジタル放送送信装置が送信するデジタル放送送信信号のサービス構成の一実施例を示す説明図である。It is explanatory drawing which shows one Example of the service structure of the digital broadcast transmission signal which the digital broadcast transmission apparatus concerning the 5th Embodiment of this invention transmits. 本発明のデジタル放送送信装置が送信するデジタル放送送信信号のセグメント構成の一実施例を示す説明図である。It is explanatory drawing which shows one Example of the segment structure of the digital broadcast transmission signal which the digital broadcast transmission apparatus of this invention transmits. 本発明のデジタル放送送信装置が送信するデジタル放送送信信号のパイロット情報の一実施例を示す説明図である。It is explanatory drawing which shows one Example of the pilot information of the digital broadcast transmission signal which the digital broadcast transmission apparatus of this invention transmits. 本発明の第６の実施形態に係るデジタル放送受信装置の受信動作を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the reception operation | movement of the digital broadcast receiver which concerns on the 6th Embodiment of this invention. 本発明のデジタル放送受信装置のサービス選局表の一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the service channel selection table of the digital broadcast receiver of this invention. 本発明の第７の実施形態に係るデジタル放送送信装置が送信するデジタル放送送信信号のパイロット情報の一実施例を示す説明図である。It is explanatory drawing which shows one Example of the pilot information of the digital broadcast transmission signal which the digital broadcast transmission apparatus concerning the 7th Embodiment of this invention transmits. 本発明の第８の実施形態に係るデジタル放送受信装置の受信動作を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the reception operation | movement of the digital broadcast receiver which concerns on the 8th Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の本発明の第９の実施形態に係デジタル放送送信装置が送信するデジタル放送送信信号のセグメント構成の一実施例を示す説明図である。It is explanatory drawing which shows one Example of the segment structure of the digital broadcast transmission signal which an engaging digital broadcast transmission apparatus transmits to the 9th Embodiment of this invention. 本発明のデジタル放送送信装置が送信するデジタル放送送信信号のパイロット情報の一実施例を示す説明図である。It is explanatory drawing which shows one Example of the pilot information of the digital broadcast transmission signal which the digital broadcast transmission apparatus of this invention transmits. 本発明のデジタル放送送信装置が送信するデジタル放送送信信号のパイロット情報の一実施例を示す説明図である。It is explanatory drawing which shows one Example of the pilot information of the digital broadcast transmission signal which the digital broadcast transmission apparatus of this invention transmits. 本発明のデジタル放送送信装置が送信するデジタル放送送信信号のパイロット情報の一実施例を示す説明図である。It is explanatory drawing which shows one Example of the pilot information of the digital broadcast transmission signal which the digital broadcast transmission apparatus of this invention transmits. デジタル放送送受信システムの構成の一例を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows an example of a structure of a digital broadcast transmission / reception system. 受信装置の構成の一例を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows an example of a structure of a receiver. 受信装置のソフトウェア構成を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the software structure of a receiver. 視聴率情報集計装置の構成の一例を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows an example of a structure of an audience rating information total device. コンテンツ送出装置が配信するメタデータの一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the metadata which a content transmission apparatus delivers. 受信装置が受信機情報を視聴率集計装置に登録する処理フローを示す図である。It is a figure which shows the processing flow in which a receiver registers receiver information with an audience rating totalization apparatus. 受信装置が視聴率情報を視聴率集計装置に登録する処理フローを示す図である。It is a figure which shows the processing flow which a receiving apparatus registers audience rating information into an audience rating totaling apparatus. 受信装置が視聴率集計装置に送信する視聴情報データの一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the viewing information data which a receiving device transmits to an audience rating totaling device. 受信装置が視聴率集計装置に送信する受信機データの一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the receiver data which a receiving device transmits to an audience rating totaling device. 視聴率情報集計装置のソフトウェア構成を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the software structure of an audience rating information total device. 受信装置のソフトウェア構成を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the software structure of a receiver. 受信装置が視聴率情報を取得し表示するまでの処理フローを示す図である。It is a figure which shows the processing flow until a receiver acquires audience rating information and displays it. 受信装置に表示される視聴率情報の表示例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the example of a display of the audience rating information displayed on a receiver. 受信機データ登録に関する受信装置の表示例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the example of a display of the receiver regarding receiver data registration. 視聴率集計装置の視聴情報データを受信する処理の処理フローを示す図である。It is a figure which shows the processing flow of the process which receives the viewing information data of an audience rating totaling device. 視聴率集計装置の受信機データを受信する処理の処理フローを示す図である。It is a figure which shows the processing flow of the process which receives the receiver data of an audience rating totaling device. 視聴率集計装置の視聴率を算出する処理の処理フローを示す図である。It is a figure which shows the processing flow of the process which calculates the audience rating of an audience rating totaling apparatus. 視聴率集計装置がコンテンツ送出装置に提供する視聴率データの一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of audience rating data which an audience rating totaling apparatus provides to a content transmission apparatus.
　以下、本発明を実施するための形態について図面を参照して詳述する。なお、図面において、同一符号は、同一または相当部分を示す。また、本発明は、図示例に限定されるものではない。 Hereinafter, embodiments for carrying out the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the drawings. In the drawings, the same reference numerals indicate the same or corresponding parts. Further, the present invention is not limited to the illustrated example.
　図１は、本発明に係る実施形態１におけるデジタル放送配信のシステム構成を示すブロック図である。１０１はコンテンツ送出装置、１０２は欠損補完用データ送出装置、１０３はライセンス管理装置、１０４は決済システム・顧客管理システム、１０５はリムーバブルメディア、１０６は受信装置、１０７は蓄積装置、１０８はメタデータ送出装置である。 FIG. 1 is a block diagram showing a system configuration of digital broadcast distribution in Embodiment 1 according to the present invention. 101 is a content transmission device, 102 is a data transmission device for loss compensation, 103 is a license management device, 104 is a payment system / customer management system, 105 is a removable medium, 106 is a reception device, 107 is a storage device, and 108 is metadata transmission Device.
　配信するコンテンツおよび、コンテンツに関する情報を格納したメタデータは、蓄積装置１０７に格納されており、配信のためにコンテンツ送出装置１０１に登録される。登録されたコンテンツおよび、メタデータは、アクセス制御共通情報やアクセス制御個別情報とともにコンテンツ送出装置１０１から放送波経由で送出される。メタデータは、放送波経由だけではなく、メタデータ送出装置１０８から通信経由で送出されてもよい。 Content to be distributed and metadata storing information related to the content are stored in the storage device 107 and registered in the content transmission device 101 for distribution. The registered content and metadata are transmitted from the content transmitting apparatus 101 via broadcast waves together with access control common information and access control individual information. The metadata may be transmitted from the metadata transmission apparatus 108 via communication as well as via broadcast waves.
　視聴可否に関する情報は、ライセンス管理装置１０３および、決済システム・顧客管理システム１０４によって管理され、アクセス制御共通情報および、アクセス制御個別情報がコンテンツ送出装置１０１に供給される。アクセス制御共通情報および、アクセス制御個別情報は、コンテンツ送出装置１０１から放送波経由で送出されるだけではなく、ライセンス管理装置１０３から通信経由で配信されてもよい。また、コンテンツ送出装置１０１においてアクセス制御共通情報および、アクセス制御個別情報をリムーバブルメディア１０５に格納し、直接配達したり、販売店を通じて販売したりすることでユーザのもとに届けてもよい。 Information relating to whether or not viewing is possible is managed by the license management apparatus 103 and the settlement system / customer management system 104, and access control common information and access control individual information are supplied to the content transmission apparatus 101. The access control common information and the access control individual information may be distributed not only from the content transmission apparatus 101 via broadcast waves but also from the license management apparatus 103 via communication. In the content transmission apparatus 101, the access control common information and the access control individual information may be stored in the removable medium 105 and delivered directly to the user or sold through a store.
　欠損補完用データ送出装置１０２は、放送波によって配信したコンテンツに受信装置１０６受信時点で欠損があった場合に、欠損を修復するためのデータを送出する機能をもつ。欠損補完用データ送出装置１０２は、受信装置１０６からの欠損補完用データリクエストに従って、欠損補完用データを通信経由で送出する。欠損補完用データの受信が完了したのち、受信装置１０６は、欠損補完用データ送出装置に対して受信報告を送信する。 The deficiency complementing data sending device 102 has a function of sending data for repairing a deficiency when there is a deficiency in the content distributed by the broadcast wave when the receiving device 106 receives the content. The missing complement data sending device 102 sends the missing complement data via communication in accordance with the missing complement data request from the receiving device 106. After the reception of the missing complement data is completed, the receiving device 106 transmits a reception report to the missing complement data sending device.
　図１においては、コンテンツ送出装置１０１、欠損補完用データ送出装置１０２，ライセンス管理装置１０３、決済システム・顧客管理システム１０４、蓄積装置１０７、メタデータ送出装置１０８をすべて別の装置として記載したが、複数の機能を備える装置があってもよく、本発明を図１の構成に限定するものではない。 In FIG. 1, the content transmission device 101, the defect complement data transmission device 102, the license management device 103, the payment system / customer management system 104, the storage device 107, and the metadata transmission device 108 are all described as separate devices. There may be a device having a plurality of functions, and the present invention is not limited to the configuration of FIG.
　本発明に係るデジタル放送においては、リアルタイム放送とプッシュキャスト放送が配信される。リアルタイム放送は、ストリーミング型の配信であって、放送波を受信しながら同時にそのコンテンツを再生するサービスである。一方、プッシュキャスト放送とは、ダウンロード型の配信であって、放送波を受信したあとの任意のタイミングで再生するサービスである。 In the digital broadcast according to the present invention, real-time broadcast and push cast broadcast are distributed. Real-time broadcasting is a streaming-type distribution, and is a service for reproducing the content at the same time as receiving a broadcast wave. On the other hand, pushcast broadcasting is download-type distribution and is a service that is played back at an arbitrary timing after receiving a broadcast wave.
　リアルタイム放送の場合、コンテンツ送出装置１０１は、コンテンツ、メタデータ、アクセス制御共通情報および、アクセス制御個別情報をすべて放送波経由で送出する。コンテンツ送出装置１０１は、アクセス制御共通情報および、アクセス制御個別情報を送出するために、あらかじめライセンス管理装置１０３からアクセス制御共通情報および、アクセス制御個別情報を取得しておく。受信装置１０６は、放送波からコンテンツ、メタデータ、アクセス制御共通情報および、アクセス制御個別情報を分離・抽出し、取得したアクセス制御共通情報および、アクセス制御個別情報を使ってコンテンツを復号する。 In the case of real-time broadcasting, the content transmission apparatus 101 transmits all content, metadata, access control common information, and access control individual information via broadcast waves. The content transmission apparatus 101 acquires the access control common information and the access control individual information from the license management apparatus 103 in advance in order to transmit the access control common information and the access control individual information. The receiving apparatus 106 separates / extracts content, metadata, access control common information, and access control individual information from the broadcast wave, and decodes the content using the acquired access control common information and access control individual information.
　なお、アクセス制御個別情報は、無料放送の場合など必ずしも送出する必要はない。 Note that the access control individual information does not necessarily need to be transmitted in the case of free broadcasting.
　また、アクセス制御個別情報は、放送帯域の有効活用の観点から、ライセンス管理装置１０３よりネットワーク経由もしくは、リムーバブルメディア１０５経由で配信してもよい。この場合、受信装置１０６は、コンテンツ受信前にあらかじめアクセス制御個別情報を入手しておく必要がある。 Further, the access control individual information may be distributed from the license management apparatus 103 via the network or the removable media 105 from the viewpoint of effective use of the broadcast band. In this case, the receiving apparatus 106 needs to obtain the access control individual information in advance before receiving the content.
　プッシュキャスト放送の場合、コンテンツ送出装置１０１は、コンテンツ、メタデータ、アクセス制御共通情報および、アクセス制御個別情報をすべて放送波経由で送出する。コンテンツ送出装置１０１は、アクセス制御共通情報および、アクセス制御個別情報を送出するために、あらかじめライセンス管理装置１０３からアクセス制御共通情報および、アクセス制御個別情報を取得しておく。受信装置１０６は、放送波からコンテンツ、メタデータ、アクセス制御共通情報および、アクセス制御個別情報を分離・抽出し、取得したアクセス制御共通情報および、アクセス制御個別情報を使ってコンテンツを復号する。 In the case of pushcast broadcasting, the content sending apparatus 101 sends all content, metadata, access control common information, and access control individual information via broadcast waves. The content transmission apparatus 101 acquires the access control common information and the access control individual information from the license management apparatus 103 in advance in order to transmit the access control common information and the access control individual information. The receiving apparatus 106 separates / extracts content, metadata, access control common information, and access control individual information from the broadcast wave, and decodes the content using the acquired access control common information and access control individual information.
　なお、アクセス制御個別情報は、無料放送の場合など必ずしも送出する必要はない。 Note that the access control individual information does not necessarily need to be transmitted in the case of free broadcasting.
　また、プッシュキャスト放送の場合、コンテンツの受信と再生の間に時間的な隔たりがあるため、メタデータ、アクセス制御共通情報および、アクセス制御個別情報を必ずしもコンテンツと同時に放送波経由で送出する必要はない。メタデータは、メタデータ送出装置１０８からネットワーク経由で配信してもよい。アクセス制御共通情報および、アクセス制御個別情報は、ライセンス管理装置１０３よりネットワーク経由もしくは、リムーバブルメディア１０５経由で配信してもよい。受信装置１０６は、コンテンツ再生時までに、ネットワーク経由もしくは、リムーバブルメディア１０５経由でアクセス制御個別情報を入手しておく必要がある。 Also, in the case of pushcast broadcasting, there is a time lag between the reception and playback of content, so it is not necessary to send metadata, access control common information, and access control individual information together with content via broadcast waves. Absent. The metadata may be distributed from the metadata transmission device 108 via a network. The access control common information and the access control individual information may be distributed from the license management apparatus 103 via a network or via the removable medium 105. The receiving device 106 needs to obtain the access control individual information via the network or the removable medium 105 by the time of content reproduction.
　また、コンテンツの受信と再生の間に時間的な隔たりがあることから、コンテンツ送出装置１０１は、ある時間帯において特定のコンテンツを複数回繰り返し送出してもよい。 In addition, since there is a time gap between the reception and reproduction of content, the content transmission apparatus 101 may repeatedly transmit specific content multiple times in a certain time zone.
　さらに、受信装置１０６が放送波経由で受信したコンテンツに欠損があった場合に、欠損補完用データを送出することで、受信装置１０６に蓄積されたコンテンツを修復してもよい。受信装置１０６は、蓄積したコンテンツに欠損があると判断した場合、欠損補完用データ送出装置１０２に対して、ネットワーク経由で欠損補完用データリクエストを送信する。欠損補完用データ送出装置１０２は、欠損補完用データリクエストに応じて、受信装置１０６に対してネットワーク経由で欠損補完用データを送出する。受信装置１０６は、欠損補完用データを受信して蓄積していたコンテンツの修復を試み、ネットワーク経由で欠損補完用データ送出装置１０２に受信報告を送信する。 Furthermore, when the content received by the receiving device 106 via the broadcast wave is defective, the content stored in the receiving device 106 may be repaired by sending data for defect complementation. If the receiving device 106 determines that the accumulated content is missing, the receiving device 106 transmits a missing complement data request to the missing complement data sending device 102 via the network. In response to the missing complement data request, the missing complement data sending device 102 sends the missing complement data to the receiving device 106 via the network. The receiving device 106 receives the missing complement data and attempts to repair the accumulated content, and transmits a reception report to the missing complement data sending device 102 via the network.
　図２はコンテンツ送出装置１０１内部の詳細な構成を示すブロック図である。本デジタル放送方式では、複数のＭＰＥＧ－２トランスポートストリーム(MPEG-2 Transport Stream、以下、ＴＳとする)を、それぞれ伝送路符号化処理を施した後、ＩＦＦＴ(Inverse Fast Fourier Transform)により複数のサブキャリアからなるＯＦＤＭ（Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing）送信信号に一括して変換し、放送波として送信する。 FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing a detailed configuration inside the content transmission apparatus 101. In this digital broadcasting system, a plurality of MPEG-2 transport streams (hereinafter referred to as TS) are each subjected to transmission path coding processing, and then subjected to a plurality of IFFTs (Inverse / Fast / Fourier / Transform). It is converted into an OFDM (Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing) transmission signal consisting of subcarriers in a batch and transmitted as a broadcast wave.
　図３は、マルチメディア信号発生２０１内部の詳細な構成を示すブロック図である。３０１はコンテンツ・メタデータ登録機能、３０２はメタデータ生成機能、３０３はメタデータ蓄積機能、３０４はコンテンツ蓄積・再生機能、３０５はコンテンツ暗号化機能、３０６は記録媒体である。 FIG. 3 is a block diagram showing a detailed configuration inside the multimedia signal generation 201. 301 is a content / metadata registration function, 302 is a metadata generation function, 303 is a metadata storage function, 304 is a content storage / playback function, 305 is a content encryption function, and 306 is a recording medium.
　コンテンツ送出装置１０１の外部から供給されたコンテンツおよび、メタデータは、コンテンツ・メタデータ登録機能３０１によって登録される。登録されたコンテンツおよび、メタデータは、それぞれコンテンツ蓄積・再生機能３０４および、メタデータ蓄積機能３０３により、記録媒体３０６に保存される。コンテンツの送出やライセンスに関するメタデータは、メタデータ生成機能３０２により生成され、メタデータ蓄積機能３０３により、記録媒体３０６に保存される。保存されたコンテンツおよび、メタデータは、コンテンツ暗号化機能３０５により暗号化され、ストリームとして出力される。 The content and metadata supplied from the outside of the content transmission apparatus 101 are registered by the content / metadata registration function 301. The registered content and metadata are stored in the recording medium 306 by the content storage / playback function 304 and the metadata storage function 303, respectively. Metadata relating to content transmission and license is generated by the metadata generation function 302 and stored in the recording medium 306 by the metadata storage function 303. The stored content and metadata are encrypted by the content encryption function 305 and output as a stream.
　また、図４に本発明のデジタル放送送信装置が送信するデジタル放送送信信号のセグメント構成の一実施例を示す。まず、図４を説明する。 FIG. 4 shows an example of the segment structure of a digital broadcast transmission signal transmitted by the digital broadcast transmission apparatus of the present invention. First, FIG. 4 will be described.
　本デジタル放送送信信号は、207.5MHz以上222MHz以下の周波数の電波(VHF-High帯)を使用する放送局の行う地上マルチメディア放送のうち、セグメント連結伝送方式によるものである。これは、地上デジタルテレビジョン放送の伝送方式、及び、地上デジタル音声放送の伝送方式をベースとする。 This digital broadcast transmission signal is based on the segment-coupled transmission method among terrestrial multimedia broadcasts performed by broadcast stations using radio waves (VHF-High band) with a frequency of 207.5 MHz to 222 MHz. This is based on the transmission system of terrestrial digital television broadcasting and the transmission system of terrestrial digital audio broadcasting.
　デジタル放送送信信号のＯＦＤＭセグメントは、
(1)地上デジタルテレビジョン放送の伝送方式に準拠した13セグメント形式のＯＦＤＭセグメント(タイプＡスーパーセグメント)
(2)地上デジタル音声放送の伝送方式に準拠した1セグメント形式のＯＦＤＭセグメントを14個以下で連結したもの（タイプＢスーパーセグメント）
を連結して(以下、連結ＯＦＤＭセグメント)構成される。ここで、1セグメントは地上テレビジョン放送のチャンネル帯域幅6MHzを14等分した帯域幅を持つ。また、連結ＯＦＤＭセグメントには必ず1つ以上のタイプＡスーパーセグメントを含む。 The OFDM segment of the digital broadcast transmission signal is
(1) OFDM segment in 13 segment format (type A super segment) compliant with digital terrestrial television broadcasting transmission system
(2) 14 segment or less connected one-segment OFDM segments conforming to the transmission system of digital terrestrial audio broadcasting (Type B super segment)
Are connected (hereinafter referred to as a connected OFDM segment). Here, one segment has a bandwidth obtained by dividing the channel bandwidth 6 MHz of terrestrial television broadcasting into 14 equal parts. A concatenated OFDM segment always includes one or more type A super segments.
　デジタル放送が割り当てられる周波数帯において、地上テレビジョン放送と同様に6MHz幅の物理チャンネルを前提とする。この際、各スーパーセグメントの伝送スペクトラムは、いずれか１つの物理チャンネルに配置される。なお、物理チャンネルの周波数位置は、一部帯域を重複して定義される場合もあり得る。この場合、重なり部分の周波数帯幅は6/14MHzの整数倍となる。 Assuming a physical channel of 6 MHz width in the frequency band to which digital broadcasting is allocated, as with terrestrial television broadcasting. At this time, the transmission spectrum of each super segment is arranged in any one physical channel. Note that the frequency position of the physical channel may be defined by overlapping some bands. In this case, the frequency bandwidth of the overlapping portion is an integral multiple of 6/14 MHz.
　また、物理チャンネル内の周波数に対し、サブチャンネルを図５に示すように定義する。サブチャンネルは帯域幅1/7MHzの仮想チャンネルであり、6MHzの物理チャンネル帯域幅をチューニングステップ1/7MHz毎に0から41まで番号付けをする。 Also, sub-channels are defined as shown in FIG. 5 for the frequencies in the physical channel. The sub-channel is a virtual channel with a bandwidth of 1/7 MHz, and the physical channel bandwidth of 6 MHz is numbered from 0 to 41 for each tuning step 1/7 MHz.
　サブチャンネル番号とセグメントの関係の例を図５に示す。図５には、中心サブチャンネル番号22の1セグメントの例を示している。サブチャンネル21,22,23で１セグメントを構成する。1セグメント形式のうち、サブチャンネル番号 0, 1, 41については物理チャンネルを跨いて配置される。また、13セグメント形式の場合は13セグメントの中心のセグメント(セグメント番号＃０)の中心サブチャンネル番号で表すことができる。 Figure 5 shows an example of the relationship between subchannel numbers and segments. FIG. 5 shows an example of one segment of the center subchannel number 22. The subchannels 21, 22, and 23 constitute one segment. Of the one segment format, subchannel numbers 0, 1, and 41 are arranged across physical channels. In the case of the 13 segment format, it can be represented by the center subchannel number of the center segment (segment number # 0) of the 13 segments.
　割当周波数帯幅が14.5MHzの場合、連結ＯＦＤＭセグメントの最大セグメント数は33となるが、この場合、図４に示す物理チャンネルと、スーパーセグメント配置が考えられる。 When the allocated frequency bandwidth is 14.5 MHz, the maximum number of connected OFDM segments is 33. In this case, the physical channel shown in FIG. 4 and super segment arrangement are conceivable.
　図４(a)では、"物理チャンネル開始周波数～物理チャンネル終了周波数"として、
　物理チャンネル１：204～210MHz
　物理チャンネル２：210～216MHz
　物理チャンネル３：216～222MHz
であり、
　スーパーセグメント１：
　　タイプＢ(1セグメント5個)
　　物理チャンネル１
　　中心サブチャンネル番号｛28,31,34,37,40｝(範囲[27-41])
　スーパーセグメント２：
　　タイプＢ(1セグメント1個)
　　物理チャンネル２
　　中心サブチャンネル番号｛1｝(範囲[0-2])
　スーパーセグメント３：
　　タイプＡ(13セグメント1個)
　　物理チャンネル２
　　中心サブチャンネル番号｛22｝(範囲[3-41])
　スーパーセグメント４：
　　タイプＢ(1セグメント1個)
　　物理チャンネル３
　　中心サブチャンネル番号｛1｝(範囲[0-2])
　スーパーセグメント５：
　　タイプＡ(13セグメント1個)
　　物理チャンネル３
　　中心サブチャンネル番号｛22｝(範囲[3-41])
となる。このとき、
　スーパーセグメント１、中心サブチャンネル番号28の選局周波数となる中心周波数は208MHzであり、同様に、
　スーパーセグメント１、中心サブチャンネル番号31の選局周波数となる中心周波数は(208+3/7)MHz、
　スーパーセグメント１、中心サブチャンネル番号34の選局周波数となる中心周波数は(208+6/7)MHz、
　スーパーセグメント１、中心サブチャンネル番号37の選局周波数となる中心周波数は(209+2/7)MHz、
　スーパーセグメント１、中心サブチャンネル番号40の選局周波数となる中心周波数は(209+5/7)MHz、
　スーパーセグメント２、中心サブチャンネル番号 1の選局周波数となる中心周波数は(210+1/7)MHz、
　スーパーセグメント３、中心サブチャンネル番号22の選局周波数となる中心周波数は(213+1/7)MHz、
　スーパーセグメント４、中心サブチャンネル番号 1の選局周波数となる中心周波数は(216+1/7)MHz、
　スーパーセグメント５、中心サブチャンネル番号22の選局周波数となる中心周波数は(219+1/7)MHz、
となる。すなわち、
［式１］：選局周波数＝
　(スーパーセグメントの配置される物理チャンネルの開始周波数+中心サブチャンネル番号×1/7)MHz
てある。 In FIG. 4 (a), "Physical channel start frequency to physical channel end frequency"
Physical channel 1: 204-210MHz
Physical channel 2: 210-216MHz
Physical channel 3: 216 to 222 MHz
And
Super segment 1:
Type B (5 pieces per segment)
Physical channel 1
Center subchannel number {28, 31, 34, 37, 40} (range [27-41])
Super segment 2:
Type B (1 segment 1 piece)
Physical channel 2
Center subchannel number {1} (range [0-2])
Super segment 3:
Type A (13 segments, 1 piece)
Physical channel 2
Center subchannel number {22} (range [3-41])
Super segment 4:
Type B (1 segment 1 piece)
Physical channel 3
Center subchannel number {1} (range [0-2])
Super segment 5:
Type A (13 segments, 1 piece)
Physical channel 3
Center subchannel number {22} (range [3-41])
It becomes. At this time,
The center frequency that is the channel selection frequency for Super Segment 1 and center subchannel number 28 is 208 MHz.
The center frequency that is the channel selection frequency of super segment 1 and center subchannel number 31 is (208 + 3/7) MHz.
The center frequency that is the tuning frequency of super segment 1 and center subchannel number 34 is (208 + 6/7) MHz,
The center frequency, which is the channel selection frequency for super segment 1 and center subchannel number 37, is (209 + 2/7) MHz.
The center frequency that is the channel selection frequency of Super Segment 1 and center subchannel number 40 is (209 + 5/7) MHz.
The center frequency, which is the channel selection frequency of super segment 2 and center subchannel number 1, is (210 + 1/7) MHz,
The center frequency that is the channel selection frequency of super segment 3 and center subchannel number 22 is (213 + 1/7) MHz,
The center frequency, which is the channel selection frequency of super segment 4 and center subchannel number 1, is (216 + 1/7) MHz,
The center frequency, which is the channel selection frequency for super segment 5 and center subchannel number 22, is (219 + 1/7) MHz.
It becomes. That is,
[Formula 1]: Channel selection frequency =
(Start frequency of physical channel where super segment is arranged + center subchannel number x 1/7) MHz
It is.
　また、図４(b)では、
　物理チャンネル１：204+(8×6/14)～210+(8×6/14)MHz
　物理チャンネル２：210+(8×6/14)～216+(8×6/14)MHz
　物理チャンネル３：216～222MHz
であり、
　スーパーセグメント１：
　　タイプＡ(13セグメント1個)
　　物理チャンネル１
　　中心サブチャンネル番号｛22｝(範囲[3-41])
　スーパーセグメント２：
　　タイプＢ(1セグメント7個)
　　物理チャンネル２
　　中心サブチャンネル番号｛1,4,7,10,13,16,19｝(範囲[0-20])
　スーパーセグメント３：
　　タイプＡ(13セグメント1個)
　　物理チャンネル３
　　中心サブチャンネル番号｛22｝(範囲[3-41])
となる。このとき、
　スーパーセグメント１、中心サブチャンネル番号22の選局周波数となる中心周波数は(210+4/7)MHzであり、同様に、
　スーパーセグメント２、中心サブチャンネル番号 1の選局周波数となる中心周波数は(213+4/7)MHz、
　スーパーセグメント２、中心サブチャンネル番号 4の選局周波数となる中心周波数は214MHz、
　スーパーセグメント２、中心サブチャンネル番号 7の選局周波数となる中心周波数は(214+3/7)MHz、
　スーパーセグメント２、中心サブチャンネル番号10の選局周波数となる中心周波数は(214+6/7)MHz、
　スーパーセグメント２、中心サブチャンネル番号13の選局周波数となる中心周波数は(215+2/7)MHz、
　スーパーセグメント２、中心サブチャンネル番号16の選局周波数となる中心周波数は(215+5/7)MHz、
　スーパーセグメント２、中心サブチャンネル番号19の選局周波数となる中心周波数は(216+1/7)MHz、
　スーパーセグメント３、中心サブチャンネル番号22の選局周波数となる中心周波数は(219+1/7)MHz、
となる。 In FIG. 4 (b)
Physical channel 1: 204+ (8 × 6/14) to 210+ (8 × 6/14) MHz
Physical channel 2: 210+ (8 × 6/14) to 216+ (8 × 6/14) MHz
Physical channel 3: 216 to 222 MHz
And
Super segment 1:
Type A (13 segments, 1 piece)
Physical channel 1
Center subchannel number {22} (range [3-41])
Super segment 2:
Type B (7 pieces per segment)
Physical channel 2
Center subchannel number {1, 4, 7, 10, 13, 16, 19} (range [0-20])
Super segment 3:
Type A (13 segments, 1 piece)
Physical channel 3
Center subchannel number {22} (range [3-41])
It becomes. At this time,
The center frequency, which is the channel selection frequency for super segment 1 and center subchannel number 22, is (210 + 4/7) MHz.
The center frequency, which is the channel selection frequency of super segment 2 and center subchannel number 1, is (213 + 4/7) MHz.
The center frequency, which is the tuning frequency of super segment 2 and center subchannel number 4, is 214 MHz.
The center frequency, which is the channel selection frequency for super segment 2 and center subchannel number 7, is (214 + 3/7) MHz.
The center frequency that is the channel selection frequency for super segment 2 and center subchannel number 10 is (214 + 6/7) MHz.
The center frequency, which is the channel selection frequency of super segment 2 and center subchannel number 13, is (215 + 2/7) MHz.
The center frequency, which is the channel selection frequency of super segment 2 and center subchannel number 16, is (215 + 5/7) MHz.
The center frequency that is the channel selection frequency of super segment 2 and center subchannel number 19 is (216 + 1/7) MHz,
The center frequency that is the channel selection frequency of super segment 3 and center subchannel number 22 is (219 + 1/7) MHz,
It becomes.
　図４(a)の例では現行のVHFの10、11、12チャンネルの物理チャンネルを使用しているため現行テレビジョン受信装置の選局部と整合性がよい効果がある。図４(b)の例では割当帯域の両端に13セグメント形式を配置しているため割当帯域外からの干渉を受けても周波数インターリーブの効果があるため干渉を受けにくい効果がある。 In the example shown in FIG. 4 (a), the current VHF physical channels 10, 11, and 12 are used, so there is an effect that the channel selection section of the current television receiver is well matched. In the example of FIG. 4B, since the 13-segment format is arranged at both ends of the allocated band, even if interference from outside the allocated band is received, the effect of frequency interleaving is exerted, so that it is difficult to receive interference.
　次に図２のデジタル放送送信装置の動作を説明する。 Next, the operation of the digital broadcast transmission apparatus in FIG. 2 will be described.
　２０１はマルチメディア信号発生部、２０２は13セグメント形式符号化部、２０３は3セグメント形式符号化部、２０４は連結フレーム構成部、２０５は再連結フレーム構成部、２０６は逆高速フーリエ変換(以下、ＩＦＦＴ)／ガードインターバル付加部、２０７はアップコンバータ部、２０８は送信アンプ部、２０９はアンテナである。 201 is a multimedia signal generation unit, 202 is a 13 segment format encoding unit, 203 is a 3 segment format encoding unit, 204 is a concatenated frame configuration unit, 205 is a reconnection frame configuration unit, and 206 is an inverse fast Fourier transform (hereinafter, IFFT) / guard interval adding unit, 207 is an up-converter unit, 208 is a transmission amplifier unit, and 209 is an antenna.
　また、２１１はＲＳ(リード・ソロモン)符号化部、２１５は階層分割部、２１２は変調・符号化部、２１６は階層合成部、２１３はインタリーブ部、２１４はフレーム構成部であり、これらで13セグメント形式符号化部２０２が構成される。変調・符号化部２１２はa、b、cの３系統ある。 Also, 211 is an RS (Reed Solomon) encoding unit, 215 is a layer division unit, 212 is a modulation / coding unit, 216 is a layer synthesis unit, 213 is an interleaving unit, and 214 is a frame configuration unit. A segment format encoding unit 202 is configured. The modulation / coding unit 212 includes three systems, a, b, and c.
　さらにまた、２２１はＲＳ(リード・ソロモン)符号化部、２２２は変調・符号化部、２２３はインタリーブ部、２２４はフレーム構成部であり、これらで1セグメント形式符号化部２０３が構成される。 Furthermore, 221 is an RS (Reed-Solomon) encoding unit, 222 is a modulation / coding unit, 223 is an interleaving unit, and 224 is a frame configuration unit, which constitute a one-segment format encoding unit 203.
　図２のデジタル放送送信装置は、13セグメント形式符号化部２０２がaとbの２系統、1セグメント形式符号化部２０３がa、b、c、d、e、f、gの7系統、あわせて33セグメント(13×2+7)の連結ＯＦＤＭセグメントとしている。 In the digital broadcast transmission apparatus of FIG. 2, the 13-segment format encoding unit 202 includes two systems a and b, and the 1-segment format encoding unit 203 includes seven systems a, b, c, d, e, f, and g. 33 segments (13 × 2 + 7) are connected OFDM segments.
　変調・符号化部２１２、２２２の詳細な構成を図６に示す。 FIG. 6 shows a detailed configuration of the modulation / coding units 212 and 222.
　６０１は前段からの入力、６０２はエネルギー拡散部、６０３は遅延補正部、６０４はバイトインターリーブ部、６０５は畳み込み符号化部、６０６はキャリア変調部、６０７はビットインターリーブ部、６０８はマッピング部、６０９は出力であり、キャリア変調部６０６はビットインターリーブ部６０７とマッピング部６０８で構成される。 601 is an input from the previous stage, 602 is an energy spreading unit, 603 is a delay correction unit, 604 is a byte interleaving unit, 605 is a convolutional coding unit, 606 is a carrier modulation unit, 607 is a bit interleaving unit, 608 is a mapping unit, 609 Is an output, and the carrier modulation unit 606 is composed of a bit interleaving unit 607 and a mapping unit 608.
　フレーム構成部２１４、２２４の詳細な構成を図７に示す。 FIG. 7 shows a detailed configuration of the frame configuration units 214 and 224.
　７０１は前段からの入力、７０２はパイロット信号構成部、７０３はＴＭＣＣ(Transmission and Multiplexing Configuration Control)信号構成部、７０４はＡＣ(Auxiliary Channel)信号構成部、７０５はＯＦＤＭフレーム構成部、７０６は出力である。 701 is an input from the previous stage, 702 is a pilot signal configuration unit, 703 is a TMCC (Transmission and Multiplexing Configuration and Control) signal configuration unit, 704 is an AC (Auxiliary Channel) signal configuration unit, 705 is an OFDM frame configuration unit, and 706 is an output is there.
　マルチメディア信号発生部２０１において、映像信号、音声信号、データがそれぞれ符号化され、それぞれの13セグメント形式符号化部２０２や1セグメント形式符号化部２０３に出力するＴＳが生成される。 In the multimedia signal generation unit 201, the video signal, the audio signal, and the data are each encoded, and TS to be output to the 13 segment format encoding unit 202 and the 1 segment format encoding unit 203 is generated.
　まず、13セグメント形式符号化部２０２の動作説明をする。 First, the operation of the 13 segment format encoding unit 202 will be described.
　それぞれのＴＳはＩＦＦＴサンプルクロックの４倍のクロックにより188バイト単位のバースト信号形式に変換され、ＲＳ符号化部２１１でリード・ソロモン外符号が付加される。その後、階層伝送を行う場合には、階層情報の指定に沿って階層分割部２１５で階層分割され、最大３系統の変調・符号化部２１２a、b、cに入力される(図６では入力６０１)。変調・符号化部２１２a、b、cにおいては、図６を用いて説明すると、入力６０１から入力された信号は、それぞれ、エネルギー拡散部６０２によるエネルギー拡散、バイトインターリーブ部６０４によるバイトインターリーブ、畳み込み符号化部６０５による畳み込み符号化、ビットインターリーブ部６０７によるビットインターリーブとマッピング部６０８によるマッピングを行いキャリア変調部６０６としてキャリア変調が施され出力６０９から出力される。また、バイトインターリーブとビットインターリーブの時間軸操作で生じる階層間の遅延時間差に対して予め遅延補正部６０３により遅延補正を行い、タイミング調整を図っている。畳み込み符号の符号化率、インターリーブ長、キャリア変調方式はそれぞれの階層で独立に設定される。変調・符号化部２１２a、b、cでの並列処理の後、階層合成部２１６で階層合成された信号は、移動受信における電界変動やマルチパス妨害に対して、誤り訂正符号化の能力を有効に発揮させるためインターリーブ部２１３に入力される。インターリーブ部２１３では時間インターリーブや周波数インターリーブが行なわれる。時間インターリーブの方式は、送受あわせた遅延時間を短縮し受信機のメモリー容量を抑えるため畳み込みインターリーブである。また、周波数インターリーブは、セグメント構造を確保しつつ、十分なインターリーブ効果が発揮できるよう、セグメント間とセグメント内のインターリーブを組み合わせて構成されている。 Each TS is converted into a burst signal format of 188 bytes by a clock four times the IFFT sample clock, and a Reed-Solomon outer code is added by the RS encoder 211. Thereafter, when hierarchical transmission is performed, the hierarchical division unit 215 performs hierarchical division in accordance with the designation of the hierarchical information, and inputs the signals to a maximum of three systems of modulation / coding units 212a, b, and c (input 601 in FIG. 6). ). The modulation / coding units 212a, 212b, and 212c will be described with reference to FIG. 6. Signals input from the input 601 are respectively energy spread by the energy spread unit 602, byte interleave by the byte interleave unit 604, and convolutional code. Then, convolutional coding by the conversion unit 605, bit interleaving by the bit interleaving unit 607, and mapping by the mapping unit 608 are performed, carrier modulation is performed as the carrier modulation unit 606, and output from the output 609. In addition, the delay correction unit 603 performs delay correction on the delay time difference between hierarchies caused by the time axis operation of byte interleaving and bit interleaving in advance to adjust the timing. The coding rate of the convolutional code, the interleave length, and the carrier modulation scheme are set independently in each layer. After parallel processing in the modulation / coding units 212a, 212b, and 212c, the signal layered by the layer combining unit 216 is effective for error correction coding against electric field fluctuations and multipath interference in mobile reception. Is input to the interleaving unit 213 in order to exhibit the above. The interleaving unit 213 performs time interleaving and frequency interleaving. The time interleaving method is convolutional interleaving in order to shorten the combined delay time and reduce the memory capacity of the receiver. In addition, frequency interleaving is configured by combining inter-segment and inter-segment interleaving so that a sufficient interleaving effect can be exhibited while ensuring a segment structure.
　インターリーブ部２１３の出力はフレーム構成部２１４に入力される(図７では入力７０１)。フレーム構成部２１４の動作を図７を用いて説明する。 The output of the interleave unit 213 is input to the frame configuration unit 214 (input 701 in FIG. 7). The operation of the frame configuration unit 214 will be described with reference to FIG.
　複数の伝送パラメータが混在する階層伝送に対して、受信機の復調・復号を補助するため、システム識別、伝送パラメータ切替指標、緊急警報放送用起動フラグ、各階層の伝送パラメータなど、受信機の復調動作を円滑に行なうための制御情報としてＴＭＣＣ（Transmission and Multiplexing Configuration Control）信号が特定のキャリアを用いて伝送される。また、放送に関する付加情報を伝送するため、特定のキャリアに割り当てられた変調波の伝送制御に関する付加情報や地震動警報情報を伝送するための拡張用信号であるＡＣ(Auxiliary Channel)信号が用いられる。 Demodulation of the receiver, such as system identification, transmission parameter switching index, emergency warning broadcast start flag, transmission parameters of each layer, etc., to assist receiver demodulation / decoding for mixed transmission parameters A TMCC (Transmission-and-Multiplexing-Configuration-Control) signal is transmitted using a specific carrier as control information for smoothly performing the operation. Further, in order to transmit additional information related to broadcasting, an AC (Auxiliary Channel) signal, which is an extension signal for transmitting additional information related to transmission control of modulated waves assigned to a specific carrier and earthquake motion warning information, is used.
　ＯＦＤＭフレーム構成部７０５では、インターリーブ部２１３からの情報データ、パイロット信号構成部７０２からの同期再生用パイロット信号、ＴＭＣＣ構成部７０３からのＴＭＣＣ信号、および、ＡＣ信号構成部７０４からのＡＣ信号によりＯＦＤＭフレームが構成され、出力７０６から出力される。このフレーム構成を図８に示す。 In OFDM frame configuration section 705, OFDM is obtained by information data from interleave section 213, pilot signal for synchronous reproduction from pilot signal configuration section 702, TMCC signal from TMCC configuration section 703, and AC signal from AC signal configuration section 704. A frame is constructed and output from output 706. This frame configuration is shown in FIG.
　Ｓi,jはインターリーブ後のデータセグメント内のキャリアシンボルを表す。ＳＰ(Scattered Pilot)は受信機が準同期検波を行なうための基準パイロットシンボルである。図８に示すとおり、キャリア方向に12キャリアに１回、シンボル方向に４シンボルに１回挿入される。受信側でＳＰをシンボル方向に補間すれば、３(12／４)キャリア間隔のＳＰを得ることができる。ガードインターバル長の最大値が有効シンボル長の１／４であることから、３キャリア間隔のＳＰによる補間処理(伝送路特性推定)により、シンボル間干渉を生じない最大遅延時間までのマルチパスに対応することが可能である。なお、ガードインターバル比が１／４の場合、原理的には４キャリア間隔のＳＰであればよいが、補間フィルタの特性などを考慮し、シンボル方向には４シンボルに1回挿入されている。 Si, j represents the carrier symbol in the data segment after interleaving. SP (Scattered Pilot) is a reference pilot symbol for the receiver to perform quasi-synchronous detection. As shown in FIG. 8, it is inserted once in 12 carriers in the carrier direction and once in 4 symbols in the symbol direction. If SP is interpolated in the symbol direction on the receiving side, SP of 3 (12/4) carrier interval can be obtained. Since the maximum value of the guard interval length is 1/4 of the effective symbol length, multipath up to the maximum delay time that does not cause intersymbol interference is achieved by interpolation processing (transmission path characteristics estimation) by SP of 3 carrier intervals. Is possible. When the guard interval ratio is 1/4, an SP of 4 carrier intervals may be used in principle, but it is inserted once in 4 symbols in the symbol direction in consideration of the characteristics of the interpolation filter.
　図８の例はモード1であるが、モード１のキャリア番号は0から107なのに対して、モード2、モード3 ではそれぞれ、0から215、0から431である。 The example in FIG. 8 is mode 1, but the carrier number in mode 1 is 0 to 107, whereas in mode 2 and mode 3, it is 0 to 215 and 0 to 431, respectively.
　ＡＣ信号は図８に示すとおり配置され、１キャリア204ビットのデータ量を持つ。また、ＡＣ信号は各セグメントごとに、モード１では２本、モード２では４本、モード3では８本、配置される。 The AC signal is arranged as shown in FIG. 8 and has a data amount of 204 bits per carrier. In addition, two AC signals are arranged for each segment in mode 1, four in mode 2, and eight in mode 3.
　ＴＭＣＣ信号は図８に示すとおり配置され、１キャリア204ビットのデータ量を持つ。また、ＴＭＣＣ信号は各セグメントごとに、モード１では１本、モード２では２本、モード3では４本、配置される。 TMCC signals are arranged as shown in FIG. 8 and have a data amount of 204 bits per carrier. Further, one TMCC signal is arranged for each segment in mode 1, two in mode 2, and four in mode 3.
　フレーム構成を終えた全信号は出力７０６から出力され、再連結フレーム構成部２０５に入力される。図２の実施例では２個の13セグメント形式符号化部２０２ａ、ｂがあり、それぞれ再連結フレーム構成部２０５に入力される。 All signals that have completed the frame configuration are output from the output 706 and input to the reconnection frame configuration unit 205. In the embodiment of FIG. 2, there are two 13-segment format encoding units 202a and 202b, which are input to the reconnection frame configuration unit 205, respectively.
　次に、1セグメント形式符号化部２０３の動作説明をする。 Next, the operation of the one segment format encoding unit 203 will be described.
　それぞれのＴＳはＩＦＦＴサンプルクロックの４倍のクロックにより188バイト単位のバースト信号形式に変換され、ＲＳ符号化部２２１でリード・ソロモン外符号が付加される。その後、変調・符号化部２２２に入力される(図６では入力６０１)。変調・符号化部２２２の動作は上記13セグメント形式符号化部２０２のときに図６を用いて説明したとおりである。設定された畳み込み符号の符号化率、インターリーブ長、キャリア変調方式が用いられる。変調・符号化部２２２での処理の後、移動受信における電界変動やマルチパス妨害に対して、誤り訂正符号化の能力を有効に発揮させるためインターリーブ部２２３に入力される。インターリーブ部２２３では時間インターリーブや周波数インターリーブが行なわれる。時間インターリーブの方式は、送受あわせた遅延時間を短縮し受信機のメモリー容量を抑えるため畳み込みインターリーブである。また、周波数インターリーブは、セグメント構造を確保しつつ、十分なインターリーブ効果が発揮できるよう、セグメント間とセグメント内のインターリーブを組み合わせて構成されている。 Each TS is converted into a burst signal format of 188 bytes by a clock four times the IFFT sample clock, and a Reed-Solomon outer code is added by the RS encoder 221. Thereafter, the signal is input to the modulation / coding unit 222 (input 601 in FIG. 6). The operation of the modulation / coding unit 222 is as described with reference to FIG. 6 in the case of the 13-segment format coding unit 202. The code rate, interleave length, and carrier modulation scheme of the set convolutional code are used. After the processing in the modulation / coding unit 222, the signal is input to the interleaving unit 223 in order to effectively exhibit the error correction coding capability against electric field fluctuation and multipath interference in mobile reception. Interleaving section 223 performs time interleaving and frequency interleaving. The time interleaving method is convolutional interleaving in order to shorten the combined delay time and reduce the memory capacity of the receiver. In addition, frequency interleaving is configured by combining inter-segment and inter-segment interleaving so that a sufficient interleaving effect can be exhibited while ensuring a segment structure.
　インターリーブ部２２３の出力はフレーム構成部２２４に入力される(図７では入力７０１)。フレーム構成部２２４の動作は上記13セグメント形式符号化部２０２のときに図７を用いて説明したとおりである。 The output of the interleave unit 223 is input to the frame configuration unit 224 (input 701 in FIG. 7). The operation of the frame configuration unit 224 is as described with reference to FIG. 7 in the case of the 13 segment format encoding unit 202.
　フレーム構成を終えた全信号は連結フレーム構成部２０４に入力される。図２の実施例では７個の1セグメント形式符号化部２０３ａ、ｂ、ｃ、ｄ、ｅ、ｆ、ｇがあり、それぞれ連結フレーム構成部２０４に入力される。 全 All signals that have completed the frame configuration are input to the concatenated frame configuration unit 204. In the embodiment of FIG. 2, there are seven 1-segment format encoding sections 203a, b, c, d, e, f, and g, which are input to the concatenated frame configuration section 204, respectively.
　ここで、図４のセグメント構成と対比すると、
図４(a)では、例えば、
　スーパーセグメント１：タイプＢ(1セグメント5個)のそれぞれのセグメントは２０３ａ[ＴＳ２]、ｂ[ＴＳ３]、ｃ[ＴＳ４]、ｄ[ＴＳ５]、ｅ[ＴＳ６]のそれぞれのブロックに割り当てられ、連結フレーム構成部２０４で連結され、再連結フレーム構成部２０５に出力される。 Here, in contrast to the segment configuration of FIG.
In FIG. 4 (a), for example,
Super segment 1: Each segment of type B (5 segments) is assigned to each block of 203a [TS2], b [TS3], c [TS4], d [TS5], e [TS6] and connected. The frames are connected by the frame configuration unit 204 and output to the reconnection frame configuration unit 205.
　スーパーセグメント２：タイプＢ(1セグメント1個)のセグメントは２０３ｆ[ＴＳ７]のブロックに割り当てられ、連結フレーム構成部２０４に入力され、再連結フレーム構成部２０５に出力される。 Super segment 2: A segment of type B (one segment) is assigned to a block 203f [TS7], is input to the concatenated frame configuration unit 204, and is output to the reconnection frame configuration unit 205.
　スーパーセグメント３：タイプＡ(13セグメント1個)の13セグメントは２０２ａ[ＴＳ１]のブロックに割り当てられ、再連結フレーム構成部２０５に出力される。 Super segment 3: 13 segments of type A (1 13 segments) are allocated to the block 202a [TS1] and output to the reconnection frame configuration unit 205.
　スーパーセグメント４：タイプＢ(1セグメント1個)のセグメントは２０３ｇ[ＴＳ８]のブロックに割り当てられ、連結フレーム構成部２０４に入力され、再連結フレーム構成部２０５に出力される。 Super segment 4: A segment of type B (one segment) is assigned to a block of 203g [TS8], is input to the concatenated frame configuration unit 204, and is output to the reconnection frame configuration unit 205.
　スーパーセグメント５：タイプＡ(13セグメント1個)の13セグメントは２０２ｂ[ＴＳ９]のブロックに割り当てられ、再連結フレーム構成部２０５に出力される。 Super segment 5: 13 segments of type A (1 13 segments) are allocated to the block 202b [TS9] and output to the reconnection frame configuration unit 205.
　図４(ｂ)では、
　スーパーセグメント１：タイプＡ(13セグメント1個)の13セグメントは２０２ａ[ＴＳ１]のブロックに割り当てられ、再連結フレーム構成部２０５に出力される。 In FIG. 4B,
Super segment 1: 13 segments of type A (1 13 segments) are assigned to the block 202a [TS1] and output to the reconnection frame configuration unit 205.
　スーパーセグメント２：タイプＢ(1セグメント7個)のそれぞれのセグメントは２０３ａ[ＴＳ２]、ｂ[ＴＳ３]、ｃ[ＴＳ４]、ｄ[ＴＳ５]、ｅ[ＴＳ６]、ｆ[ＴＳ７]、ｇ[ＴＳ８]のそれぞれのブロックに割り当てられ、連結フレーム構成部２０４で連結され、再連結フレーム構成部２０５に出力される。 Super segment 2: Each segment of type B (7 segments per segment) is 203a [TS2], b [TS3], c [TS4], d [TS5], e [TS6], f [TS7], g [TS8 ] Are concatenated by the concatenated frame configuration unit 204 and output to the reconnection frame configuration unit 205.
　スーパーセグメント３：タイプＡ(13セグメント1個)の13セグメントは２０２ｂ[ＴＳ９]のブロックに割り当てられ、再連結フレーム構成部２０５に出力される。 Super segment 3: 13 segments of type A (1 13 segments) are allocated to the block 202b [TS9] and output to the reconnection frame configuration unit 205.
　[]内は13セグメント形式符号化部２０２、1セグメント形式符号化部２０３それぞれに入力されるＴＳの番号である。また、1セグメント形式の場合、サブチャンネルとＴＳ番号を関連つけることができる。 [] Is the TS number input to each of the 13-segment format encoding unit 202 and the 1-segment format encoding unit 203. In the case of the one segment format, the subchannel and the TS number can be associated with each other.
　連結フレーム構成部２０４は、図４(ａ)の例ではスーパーセグメント１を1セグメント形式のＯＦＤＭセグメント２０３ａ、ｂ、ｃ、ｄ、ｅの出力5個を連結して構成し、スーパーセグメント２を1セグメント形式のＯＦＤＭセグメント２０３ｆ出力1個で構成し、スーパーセグメント４を1セグメント形式のＯＦＤＭセグメント２０３ｇ出力1個で構成し、それぞれタイプＢのスーパーセグメントとし、再連結フレーム構成部２０５に出力する。 In the example of FIG. 4A, the concatenated frame configuration unit 204 configures super segment 1 by concatenating five outputs of OFDM segments 203a, b, c, d, and e in one segment format. It is composed of one segment-format OFDM segment 203f output, super segment 4 is composed of one segment-format OFDM segment 203g output, each of which is a type B super segment, and is output to the reconnection frame configuration section 205.
　連結フレーム構成部２０４は、図４(ｂ)の例ではスーパーセグメント２を1セグメント形式のＯＦＤＭセグメント２０３ａ、ｂ、ｃ、ｄ、ｅ、ｆ、ｇの出力7個を連結して構成し、タイプＢのスーパーセグメントとし、再連結フレーム構成部２０５に出力する。 In the example of FIG. 4B, the concatenated frame configuration unit 204 configures the super segment 2 by concatenating seven outputs of OFDM segments 203a, b, c, d, e, f, and g in one segment format. The super segment of B is output to the reconnection frame configuration unit 205.
　13セグメント形式符号化部２０２ａ、ｂの出力はタイプＡのスーパーセグメントであり、それぞれ再連結フレーム構成部２０５に出力する。 The outputs of the 13 segment format encoding units 202a and 202b are type A super segments, which are output to the reconnection frame configuration unit 205, respectively.
　再連結フレーム構成部２０５は上記タイプＡのスーパーセグメント、タイプＢのスーパーセグメントが入力され、それらのスーパーセグメントを連結し、連結ＯＦＤＭセグメントとする。スーパーセグメントを連結する際に、中心周波数差に対する位相補償およびパイロット変調位相の不整合に対する位相補正を行う。 The reconnection frame configuration unit 205 receives the above type A super segment and type B super segment and concatenates these super segments to form a concatenated OFDM segment. When the super segments are connected, phase compensation for the center frequency difference and phase correction for pilot modulation phase mismatch are performed.
　ＩＦＦＴ／ガードインターバル付加部２０６では再連結フレーム構成部２０５の出力信号である連結ＯＦＤＭセグメントがＩＦＦＴ演算によりＯＦＤＭ信号に変換され、ガードインターバルが付加されてＯＦＤＭ送信信号に変換される。そして、アップコンバータ部２０７で決められた周波数のデジタル放送送信信号に変換され、送信アンプ部２０８で電力増幅されて、アンテナ２０９で送信される。 The IFFT / guard interval adding unit 206 converts the concatenated OFDM segment, which is an output signal of the reconcatenated frame configuration unit 205, into an OFDM signal by IFFT calculation, adds a guard interval, and converts it into an OFDM transmission signal. Then, it is converted into a digital broadcast transmission signal having a frequency determined by up-converter unit 207, power amplified by transmission amplifier unit 208, and transmitted by antenna 209.
　本デジタル放送送信信号は、連結ＯＦＤＭセグメントを一括でIＦＦＴ/ガードインターバル付加処理して生成される。ここで、13セグメント形式部分は最大3階層（内、1セグメントを部分受信可）まで分割し、階層毎に畳み込み符号の符号化率、インターリーブ長、キャリア変調方式等を独立に設定を可能とする。1セグメント形式部分についても、セグメント毎に畳み込み符号の符号化率、インターリーブ長、キャリア変調方式等の設定を可能とする。図２の例の場合のスーパーセグメント構成に対応したデジタル放送送信装置は、9系統の伝送路符号化処理を並列して行う。 This digital broadcast transmission signal is generated by collectively processing IFDM / guard intervals on connected OFDM segments. Here, the 13-segment format part is divided into a maximum of 3 layers (including 1 segment can be partially received), and the convolutional code coding rate, interleave length, carrier modulation method, etc. can be set independently for each layer. . For the one-segment format portion, the convolutional code coding rate, interleave length, carrier modulation scheme, etc. can be set for each segment. The digital broadcast transmitting apparatus corresponding to the super segment configuration in the example of FIG. 2 performs nine transmission path encoding processes in parallel.
　本デジタル放送送信方法の連結送信は、複数のセグメント(13セグメント形式、および1セグメント形式)をガードバンドなしに同一送信点から送信することをいう。なお、連結送信時におけるパラメータの制限事項を以下に示す。
(1)モードを同一とする
　連結送信ではＯＦＤＭシンボル同期をお互いに取る必要があることから、シンボル長の異なるモードを混在させることはできない。
(2)ガードインターバル長を同一とする
　上記(1)と同じ理由により、異なるガードインターバルを使用するとＯＦＤＭシンボル長が異なるため、混在させることはできない。
(3)タイプＡスーパーセグメントの数は1以上とする
　デジタル放送送信方法では、複数セグメントの連結が可能なようにＯＦＤＭセグメントのキャリア構成を構造化することにより、サービスに適した帯域幅や伝送特性に柔軟に対応すると共に、地上デジタルテレビジョン方式、及び、地上デジタル音声方式との相互運用、ハードウェア、ソフトウェアリソースの共用化を可能としている。 The concatenated transmission of this digital broadcast transmission method refers to transmitting a plurality of segments (13 segment format and 1 segment format) from the same transmission point without a guard band. In addition, the restrictions of parameters at the time of concatenated transmission are shown below.
(1) Modes are the same In concatenated transmission, it is necessary to synchronize OFDM symbols with each other, so modes with different symbol lengths cannot be mixed.
(2) Keeping the guard interval length the same For the same reason as in (1) above, if different guard intervals are used, the OFDM symbol lengths will be different, so they cannot be mixed.
(3) The number of Type A super segments shall be one or more. In the digital broadcast transmission method, the structure of the OFDM segment carrier structure so that multiple segments can be connected, and the bandwidth and transmission characteristics suitable for the service. And terrestrial digital television system and terrestrial digital audio system can be interoperable, and hardware and software resources can be shared.
　次に、図９から図１５を用い、ＴＭＣＣ信号構成部７０３で構成されるＴＭＣＣ信号の構成を説明する。 Next, the configuration of the TMCC signal configured by the TMCC signal configuration unit 703 will be described with reference to FIGS.
　図９はＴＭＣＣの信号構成(ＴＭＣＣキャリアのビット割り当て)を示す。ＴＭＣＣ信号は、階層構成や各ＯＦＤＭセグメントの伝送パラメータ等、受信機の復調動作に関わる情報を伝送するものである。ＴＭＣＣ信号のビット割付は、地上デジタルテレビジョン放送および地上デジタル音声放送と同様とした。これは、ＴＭＣＣ信号の復号処理を容易にし、受信機の負担を軽減させるためである。 FIG. 9 shows the TMCC signal configuration (TMCC carrier bit allocation). The TMCC signal is used to transmit information related to the demodulation operation of the receiver, such as a hierarchical configuration and transmission parameters of each OFDM segment. TMCC signal bit assignment was the same as that for terrestrial digital television broadcasting and terrestrial digital audio broadcasting. This is to facilitate the TMCC signal decoding process and reduce the burden on the receiver.
　差動復調の基準は1ビットであり、振幅及び位相基準を規定する。 The differential demodulation standard is 1 bit and specifies the amplitude and phase standards.
　同期信号は、16ビットのワードで構成される。同期信号には、w0=0011010111101110とそれをビット反転したw1=1100101000010001の２種類あり、フレーム毎にw0とw1が交互に送出される。同期信号は、ＴＭＣＣ信号の同期及びＯＦＤＭのフレーム同期を確立するために用いられる。ＴＭＣＣ情報のビットパターンが同期信号に一致して生じる疑似同期引き込み現象を防ぐために、フレーム毎に同期信号の極性反転が行われる。ＴＭＣＣ情報はフレーム毎に反転することはないので、フレーム毎の反転により疑似同期引き込みを避けることができる。 The synchronization signal consists of a 16-bit word. There are two types of synchronization signals, w0 = 0011010111101110 and w1 = 1100101000010001 obtained by bit-inversion thereof, and w0 and w1 are alternately transmitted for each frame. The synchronization signal is used to establish synchronization of the TMCC signal and OFDM frame synchronization. In order to prevent the pseudo synchronization pull-in phenomenon that occurs when the bit pattern of the TMCC information coincides with the synchronization signal, the polarity of the synchronization signal is inverted for each frame. Since the TMCC information is not inverted every frame, pseudo synchronization pull-in can be avoided by inversion every frame.
　セグメント形式識別は、そのセグメントが差動変調部であるか同期変調部であるかを識別するための信号である。3 ビットのワードで構成され、差動変調部の場合には‘111’、同期変調部の場合には‘000’が割り当てられる。ＴＭＣＣキャリア数はセグメント形式によって異なり、部分受信セグメントが同期変調部に属する場合、１本のみとなる。この場合でも確実な復号が可能なように、識別信号に３ビットを割り当て、符号間距離が最大となる反転信号としている。 The segment format identification is a signal for identifying whether the segment is a differential modulation unit or a synchronous modulation unit. It is composed of 3 -bit words, and is assigned “111” in the case of the differential modulation unit and “000” in the case of the synchronous modulation unit. The number of TMCC carriers varies depending on the segment format. When the partial reception segment belongs to the synchronous modulation unit, there is only one TMCC carrier. Even in this case, 3 bits are assigned to the identification signal so that reliable decoding is possible, and the inverted signal has the maximum intersymbol distance.
　ＴＭＣＣ情報のビット割り当てを図１０に示す。 Figure 10 shows the bit assignment of TMCC information.
　ＴＭＣＣ情報は、システム識別、伝送パラメータ切り替え指標、緊急警報放送用起動フラグ、カレント情報、ネクスト情報など、受信機の復調と復号動作を補助する情報である。102ビットあるＴＭＣＣ情報のうち、現在90ビットを定義しているが、残りの12ビットは将来の拡張用としてリザーブする。このリザーブビットには、すべて「1」をスタッフィングする。なお、1セグメント形式のB階層及びC階層に関しては、13セグメント形式との互換性を保つため、ビット割付上は確保することとする。但し、後述する通り、未使用の階層を意味する情報を割り付けるものとする。 TMCC information is information that assists the demodulation and decoding operations of the receiver, such as system identification, transmission parameter switching index, emergency warning broadcast activation flag, current information, and next information. Of the 102 bits of TMCC information, 90 bits are currently defined, but the remaining 12 bits are reserved for future expansion. All the reserved bits are stuffed with “1”. Note that the B and C hierarchies of the 1-segment format are reserved for bit allocation in order to maintain compatibility with the 13-segment format. However, as will be described later, information indicating an unused hierarchy is assigned.
　システム識別の説明を図１１に示す。 The explanation of system identification is shown in FIG.
　システム識別用の信号に２ビット割り当てる。地上デジタルテレビジョン放送システムと互換の13セグメント形式は‘00’、地上デジタル音声放送システムと互換の1セグメント形式には‘01’とする。残りの値はリザーブとする。 2 bits are assigned to the system identification signal. The 13-segment format compatible with the digital terrestrial television broadcasting system is '00', and the 1-segment format compatible with the digital terrestrial audio broadcasting system is '01'. The remaining values are reserved.
　カレント情報は現在の階層構成及び伝送パラメータを示し、ネクスト情報には切り替え後の伝送パラメータを示し、これらを同時に送るようにしている。これは、カウントダウン中に受信機の電源が投入された場合やチャンネル切り替えを行った場合を想定し、カレント情報を用いることで受信機のレスポンスを向上させることを目的としている。 The current information indicates the current layer configuration and transmission parameters, and the next information indicates the transmission parameters after switching, and these are sent simultaneously. This is intended to improve the response of the receiver by using current information, assuming that the receiver is powered on or the channel is switched during the countdown.
　カレント情報並びにネクスト情報に含まれる後述する伝送パラメータ情報及びフラグ(部分受信フラグ、キャリア変調方式、畳込み符号化率、インターリーブ長、セグメント数)のいずれか一つ以上を切り替える場合には、4ビットの伝送パラメータ切り替え指標をカウントダウンする。後述する緊急警報放送用起動フラグまたは連結送信位相補正量のみを切り替える場合には、伝送パラメータ切り替え指標のカウントダウンは行わない。伝送パラメータ切り替え指標をカウントダウンすることにより、受信機に切り替えを通知しタイミングが取られる。この指標は、通常、‘1111’の値を取るが、伝送パラメータを切り替える場合には、切り替える15フレーム前からフレーム毎に１ずつ減算する。なお、‘0000’の次は、‘1111’に戻るものとする。切り替えタイミングは、‘0000’を送出する次のフレーム同期とする。すなわち、新たな伝送パラメータは、‘1111’に戻ったフレームから適用する。ネクスト情報は、切り替えカウントダウン前において任意の時刻に設定、或いは変更ができるが、カウントダウン中は変更できない。 4 bits for switching one or more of transmission parameter information and flags (partial reception flag, carrier modulation scheme, convolutional coding rate, interleave length, number of segments) described later included in the current information and next information The transmission parameter switching index is counted down. When only the emergency warning broadcast activation flag or the linked transmission phase correction amount, which will be described later, is switched, the transmission parameter switching index is not counted down. By counting down the transmission parameter switching index, the receiver is notified of the switching and the timing is taken. This index usually takes a value of ‘1111’, but when the transmission parameter is switched, 1 is subtracted for each frame from 15 frames before the switching. It should be noted that after “0000”, it returns to “1111”. The switching timing is the next frame synchronization for sending “0000”. That is, the new transmission parameter is applied from the frame returned to ‘1111’. The next information can be set or changed at an arbitrary time before the switching countdown, but cannot be changed during the countdown.
　緊急警報放送用起動フラグの割り当てを図１２に示す。緊急警報放送において、受信機への起動制御が行われている場合には起動フラグを‘1’とし、起動制御が行われていない場合には起動フラグを‘0’とする。 Fig. 12 shows the allocation of emergency warning broadcast activation flags. In emergency alert broadcasting, the activation flag is set to '1' when activation control for the receiver is performed, and the activation flag is set to '0' when activation control is not performed.
　部分受信フラグの説明を図１３に示す。 The explanation of the partial reception flag is shown in FIG.
　部分受信フラグは、13セグメント形式において、伝送帯域中央のセグメント(セグメントNo.0)が部分受信用に設定される場合には‘1’に、そうでない場合には‘0’に設定される。セグメントNo.0が部分受信用に設定される場合、その階層は図１０中のA階層として規定される。なお、１セグメント形式の場合、フラグは‘0’に設定される。これは、地上デジタル音声方式がこのフラグを形式識別フラグとしており、1セグメント形式の場合には‘0’、3セグメント形式の場合には‘1’としていることと整合している。また、ネクスト情報が存在しない場合、フラグは‘1’に設定される。 The partial reception flag is set to ‘1’ when the segment (segment No. 0) at the center of the transmission band is set for partial reception in the 13-segment format, and is set to ‘0’ otherwise. When segment No. 0 is set for partial reception, the layer is defined as layer A in FIG. In the case of the one segment format, the flag is set to “0”. This is consistent with the fact that the digital terrestrial audio system uses this flag as a format identification flag, which is ‘0’ for the 1-segment format and ‘1’ for the 3-segment format. If there is no next information, the flag is set to ‘1’.
　カレント／ネクスト情報に含まれる伝送パラメータ情報を図１４に示す。伝送パラメータ情報において未使用の階層、又はネクスト情報が存在しない場合はそれらのビットを‘１’とする。 FIG. 14 shows transmission parameter information included in the current / next information. If there is no unused layer or next information in the transmission parameter information, those bits are set to ‘1’.
　連結送信位相補正量の説明を図１５に示す。 FIG. 15 shows an explanation of the connected transmission phase correction amount.
　連結送信において、受信するセグメントが上隣接セグメントの下端キャリアを基準信号として利用する場合、当該キャリアの位相をシンボル毎に補正するために使用する。連結送信でない場合も含め、位相補正がない場合は‘111’とする。 In concatenated transmission, when a received segment uses the lower end carrier of the upper adjacent segment as a reference signal, it is used to correct the phase of the carrier for each symbol. If there is no phase correction, including the case of no concatenated transmission, “111” is set.
　ＴＭＣＣ情報B20～B121は、差集合巡回符号（273,191）の短縮符号（184,102）で誤り訂正符号化される。ＴＭＣＣ情報は、伝送パラメータの指定や受信機の制御を行うため、データ信号より高い伝送信頼性が必要である。受信機で連接符号の復号回路を共用することが難しいこと、また、処理遅延の観点からブロック符号が有利なことを考慮し、ＴＭＣＣの誤り訂正符号は差集合巡回符号（273,191）の短縮符号（184,102）である。また、ＴＭＣＣ信号は複数のキャリアで伝送されるため、信号をアナログ加算することにより所要Ｃ/Ｎを下げ、受信性能を向上させることが可能である。これらの誤り訂正技術と加算処理により、ＴＭＣＣ信号はデータ信号より小さなＣ/Ｎで受信可能となる。なお、全てのＴＭＣＣ情報でパリティビットを同じにするため、同期信号とセグメント形式識別の情報を誤り訂正の対象から外し、複数のＴＭＣＣキャリアの全ビットを同一にして、パリティビットを含めたビット毎の多数決を可能にしている。 TMCC information B20 to B121 is error-correction-encoded with a shortened code (184,102) of the difference set cyclic code (273,191). TMCC information requires transmission reliability higher than that of a data signal in order to specify transmission parameters and control a receiver. Considering that it is difficult to share the decoding circuit of the concatenated code in the receiver and that the block code is advantageous from the viewpoint of processing delay, the error correction code of TMCC is a shortened code of the difference set cyclic code (273,191) ( 184,102). Further, since the TMCC signal is transmitted by a plurality of carriers, it is possible to reduce the required C / N and improve the reception performance by analog addition of the signals. With these error correction techniques and addition processing, the TMCC signal can be received with a smaller C / N than the data signal. In order to make the parity bits the same in all TMCC information, the synchronization signal and the segment format identification information are excluded from the error correction target, all the bits of the plurality of TMCC carriers are made the same, and each bit including the parity bits is included. Enables majority vote.
　図１６に図２のデジタル放送送信装置が送信するデジタル放送送信信号のサービスの一実施例を示す。 FIG. 16 shows an embodiment of a service of a digital broadcast transmission signal transmitted by the digital broadcast transmission apparatus of FIG.
　１６０１はプッシュキャスト放送、１６０２はプッシュキャスト放送とリアルタイム放送の混在放送、１６０３はリアルタイム放送、１６０４はパイロット放送である。 1601 is a pushcast broadcast, 1602 is a mixed broadcast of pushcast broadcast and real-time broadcast, 1603 is real-time broadcast, and 1604 is pilot broadcast.
　プッシュキャスト放送１６０１とは非時間依存型のファイル型コンテンツが自動的にダウンロードされるサービスである。例えば、電子新聞、音楽、スポーツクリップ、ニュースクリップ、ショッピング、生活情報、グルメ雑誌、料理情報、語学、ドラマ、映画などが考えられる。また、いろいろな情報を検索することができる情報アドレスとリンクしたメニュー(図１６ではWEBと記載)が考えられる。プッシュキャスト放送では事前にコンテンツを配信し、ユーザの都合のよい時間で見れるのが特徴である。 Pushcast broadcast 1601 is a service in which non-time-dependent file-type content is automatically downloaded. For example, electronic newspapers, music, sports clips, news clips, shopping, lifestyle information, gourmet magazines, cooking information, languages, dramas, movies, etc. can be considered. In addition, a menu linked to an information address (in FIG. 16, described as WEB) that can search for various types of information can be considered. The feature of pushcast broadcasting is that content can be distributed in advance and viewed at a time convenient for the user.
　リアルタイム放送１６０３はストリーム型の放送で、「今見ること」が重要な番組が提供される。例えば、ニュース、天気予報、スポーツなどである。ショッピングや教育、プレミアム番組をリアルタイム放送してもよい。 Real-time broadcast 1603 is a stream-type broadcast, and a program in which “watching now” is important is provided. For example, news, weather forecast, sports, etc. You may broadcast shopping, education, and premium programs in real time.
　混在放送１６０２とは時間により時間によりリアルタイム放送とプッシュキャスト放送を混在させた放送である。 Mixed broadcast 1602 is a broadcast in which real-time broadcast and pushcast broadcast are mixed according to time.
　パイロット放送１６０４はプッシュキャスト放送１６０１、混在放送１６０２、リアルタイム放送１６０３のサービス全体をナビゲートするものである。また、どのサービスがどのスーパーセグメントのどのサブチャンネル、あるいは、どのＴＳで伝送されているかを示す。従って、パイロット放送１６０４をどの周波数配置で送るかはあらかじめ決めておく必要がある。 Pilot broadcast 1604 navigates the entire service of pushcast broadcast 1601, mixed broadcast 1602, and real-time broadcast 1603. It also indicates which service is transmitted on which subchannel or which TS of which super segment. Therefore, it is necessary to determine in advance which frequency arrangement the pilot broadcast 1604 is sent.
　図１７は本発明のデジタル放送送信装置が送信するデジタル放送送信信号のセグメント構成の一実施例を示す説明図である。図１７は図４で説明したセグメント構成例であり、図１７(a)において１７０１はパイロットセグメント、図１７(b)において１７０２はパイロットセグメントである。 FIG. 17 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of a segment configuration of a digital broadcast transmission signal transmitted by the digital broadcast transmission apparatus of the present invention. FIG. 17 shows the segment configuration example described with reference to FIG. 4. In FIG. 17A, 1701 is a pilot segment, and in FIG. 17B, 1702 is a pilot segment.
　パイロットセグメントはパイロット放送を伝送するセグメントであり、1セグメント形式のセグメント、または13セグメント形式の部分受信セグメントとする。図１７(a)の例では[スーパーセグメント４、中心サブチャンネル番号 1]のセグメントであり、中心周波数は(216+1/7)MHzである。図１７(b)の例では[スーパーセグメント２、中心サブチャンネル番号10]のセグメントであり、中心周波数は(214+6/7)MHzである。この周波数配置は図１７の例ではこの位置に決められている。 The pilot segment is a segment for transmitting a pilot broadcast, and is a 1-segment format segment or a 13-segment format partial reception segment. In the example of FIG. 17 (a), the segment is [super segment 4, center subchannel number 1], and the center frequency is (216 + 1/7) MHz. In the example of FIG. 17B, it is a segment of [super segment 2, center subchannel number 10], and the center frequency is (214 + 6/7) MHz. This frequency arrangement is determined at this position in the example of FIG.
　また、図１６のサービスをスーパーセグメントに割り当てる例として、例えば図１７(a)の場合は以下とする。 Further, as an example of assigning the service of FIG. 16 to the super segment, for example, in the case of FIG.
　スーパーセグメント１：タイプＢ(1セグメント5個)にリアルタイム放送１６０３の5個の番組をそれぞれの1セグメント形式に割り当て、例えば、ＴＳ２をニュース、ＴＳ３を天気、ＴＳ４をショッピング、ＴＳ５をスポーツ、ＴＳ６を教育とする。 Super segment 1: Type B (5 segments) is assigned 5 programs of real-time broadcast 1603 to each segment format, for example, TS2 is news, TS3 is weather, TS4 is shopping, TS5 is sport, TS6 is Education.
　スーパーセグメント２：タイプＢ(1セグメント1個)にリアルタイム放送１６０３の1個の番組を1セグメント形式に割り当て、ＴＳ７をプレミアムとする。 Super segment 2: One program of real-time broadcast 1603 is assigned to type B (one segment) to one segment format, and TS7 is made premium.
　スーパーセグメント３：タイプＡ(13セグメント1個)にプッシュキャスト放送１６０１を割り当て、ＴＳ１とする。 Super segment 3: Pushcast broadcast 1601 is assigned to type A (1 13 segments) and TS1.
　スーパーセグメント４：タイプＢ(1セグメント1個)にパイロット放送１６０４をパイロットセグメントとして割り当て、ＴＳ８とする。 Super segment 4: Pilot broadcast 1604 is assigned to type B (one segment) as a pilot segment, and TS8 is set.
　スーパーセグメント５：タイプＡ(13セグメント1個)に混在放送１６０２を割り当て、ＴＳ９とする。 Super segment 5: Mixed broadcast 1602 is assigned to type A (one 13 segment), and TS9 is set.
　また図１７(b)の場合は以下とする。 In the case of FIG.
　スーパーセグメント１：タイプＡ(13セグメント1個)に混在放送１６０２を割り当て、ＴＳ１とする。 Super segment 1: Mixed broadcast 1602 is assigned to type A (one 13 segment), and TS1 is set.
　スーパーセグメント２：タイプＢ(1セグメント7個)にリアルタイム放送１６０３の6個の番組と、パイロットセグメントとしてパイロット放送１６０４をそれぞれ1セグメント形式に割り当て、例えば、ＴＳ２をニュース、ＴＳ３を天気、ＴＳ４をショッピング、ＴＳ５をパイロット放送１６０４、ＴＳ６をスポーツ、ＴＳ７を教育、ＴＳ８をプレミアムとする。 Super segment 2: Type B (seven segments) type 6 (real-time broadcast 1603) programs and pilot broadcasts 1604 as pilot segments are all assigned to one segment format. For example, TS2 is news, TS3 is weather, TS4 is shopping TS5 is pilot broadcast 1604, TS6 is sport, TS7 is education, and TS8 is premium.
　スーパーセグメント３：タイプＡ(13セグメント1個)にプッシュキャスト放送１６０１を割り当て、ＴＳ９とする。 Super segment 3: Pushcast broadcast 1601 is assigned to type A (1 13 segments) and is TS9.
　なお、この割り当ては図２のマルチメディア信号発生部２０１で行なわれる。 This assignment is performed by the multimedia signal generation unit 201 in FIG.
　図１７(a)の例では1セグメント形式１個のタイプＢスーパーセグメントをパイロットセグメントとし、図１７(b)の例では1セグメント形式7個連結のタイプＢスーパーセグメントのなかの一つのセグメントをパイロットセグメントとしている。したがって、図１７(a)の例ではスーパーセグメント単位に処理を行う場合に適しており、図１７(b)の例ではＴＳ単位で処理を行う場合に適している特徴がある。 In the example of FIG. 17 (a), one type B super segment of one segment type is used as a pilot segment, and in the example of FIG. 17 (b), one segment among seven type B super segments connected in one segment type is used as a pilot. It is a segment. Therefore, the example of FIG. 17A is suitable when processing is performed in units of super segments, and the example of FIG. 17B has characteristics that are suitable when processing is performed in units of TS.
　図１８はパイロット放送で伝送されるパイロット情報の一例である番組情報の構成例である。番組情報には、その番組を表す番組識別、その番組がリアルタイム放送なのかプッシュキャスト放送なのかパイロット放送なのかを示す放送種類、それが放送される日時、そして、その番組を放送する事業者を表す事業者識別がある。さらにその番組を受信側で選局するために、どのセグメントで送られているかを示す情報が必要である。前記［式１］で示したように、スーパーセグメントの配置される物理チャンネルの開始周波数と中心サブチャンネル番号がわかれば送られてきているセグメントの中心周波数は確定する。さらに、受信側ではそのセグメントが13セグメント形式か1セグメント形式かのスーパーセグメント種類の情報が必要である。 FIG. 18 is a configuration example of program information which is an example of pilot information transmitted by pilot broadcasting. The program information includes the program identification representing the program, the broadcast type indicating whether the program is real-time broadcast, pushcast broadcast, or pilot broadcast, the date and time when it is broadcast, and the provider that broadcasts the program. There is an operator identification that represents. Furthermore, in order to select the program on the receiving side, information indicating which segment is being transmitted is necessary. As shown in [Formula 1], the center frequency of the segment being sent is determined if the start frequency and center subchannel number of the physical channel in which the super segment is arranged are known. In addition, the receiving side needs information on the super segment type whether the segment is a 13-segment format or a 1-segment format.
　図１８(a)は番組情報を［日時、番組識別、放送種類、事業者識別、スーパーセグメント番号、スーパーセグメント種類、物理チャンネル、中心サブチャンネル］とする。物理チャンネルは図１７(a)や図１７(b)のようにあらかじめ決まっていれば物理チャンネル番号のみを示すだけでいい。もちろん、物理チャンネルの周波数そのものや、物理チャンネルの開始の周波数または終了の周波数だけを示してもよい。物理チャンネルの帯域幅は6MHzと決まっているからである。 In FIG. 18 (a), the program information is [date / time, program identification, broadcast type, operator identification, super segment number, super segment type, physical channel, central subchannel]. If the physical channel is predetermined as shown in FIGS. 17 (a) and 17 (b), only the physical channel number need be indicated. Of course, only the frequency of the physical channel itself or the start frequency or the end frequency of the physical channel may be indicated. This is because the bandwidth of the physical channel is determined to be 6 MHz.
　図１８ではスーパーセグメント種類をタイプＡ、タイプＢと示すだけでなく、タイプＡの場合はこの番組が部分受信階層に入っているかどうかを示す部分受信フラグを設け、また、タイプＢの場合は１セグメント形式の連結数も示す。 In FIG. 18, not only the super segment types are indicated as type A and type B, but in the case of type A, a partial reception flag indicating whether or not this program is in the partial reception layer is provided. The number of segments connected is also shown.
　部分受信フラグを見ることで、選局してＴＭＣＣ情報をみなくても、この番組が後述する1セグメント形式の受信機で受信可能かどうか判断できる効果がある。 By looking at the partial reception flag, there is an effect that it is possible to determine whether or not this program can be received by a one-segment receiver described later without selecting a channel and viewing the TMCC information.
　また、タイプＢの場合は１セグメント形式の連結数を示すことで１セグメント形式のスーパーセグメント構成が確認でき、スーパーセグメント番号でスーパーセグメント構成を確定できる効果がある。 Also, in the case of Type B, the super segment configuration in one segment format can be confirmed by indicating the number of connections in one segment format, and the super segment configuration can be determined by the super segment number.
　さらにまた、放送種類に"パイロット"を有することで、パイロットセグメント以外に番組宣伝などのパイロット放送を行うことができる。 Furthermore, by having “pilot” as the broadcast type, pilot broadcasts such as program advertisements can be performed in addition to the pilot segment.
　図１８(a)の例では、番組情報を抽出するだけでその番組が送られているセグメントの中心周波数やスーパーセグメント構成を求めることができる効果がある。 In the example of FIG. 18 (a), there is an effect that the center frequency and super segment configuration of the segment to which the program is transmitted can be obtained only by extracting the program information.
　図１８(b)は図１８(a)のスーパーセグメント番号、スーパーセグメント種類、物理チャンネル、サブチャンネルのかわりにＴＳ番号を番組情報として送るようにしたものである。図２で説明したように、ＴＳ番号はスーパーセグメント番号、スーパーセグメント種類、サブチャンネルで表すことができ、また、物理チャンネルの開始周波数と中心サブチャンネル番号で中心周波数を確定できる。別情報としてこのＴＳ情報をパイロット情報として伝送する。 FIG. 18 (b) is such that the TS number is sent as program information instead of the super segment number, super segment type, physical channel, and subchannel of FIG. 18 (a). As described with reference to FIG. 2, the TS number can be represented by a super segment number, a super segment type, and a subchannel, and the center frequency can be determined by the start frequency of the physical channel and the center subchannel number. As another information, this TS information is transmitted as pilot information.
　図１８(b)の例ではＴＳ番号と、番組識別および事業者識別を関連付けることが容易であり、特にＴＳごとに事業者を割り当てる場合に便利である。 In the example of FIG. 18 (b), it is easy to associate the TS number with the program identification and the operator identification, which is particularly convenient when assigning an operator for each TS.
　図１８(c)は番組情報に直接受信側での選局周波数を示したものである。選局周波数とスーパーセグメント種類がわかれば後述する受信機で受信可能かどうか判断できる。 FIG. 18 (c) shows the channel selection frequency on the receiving side directly in the program information. If the channel selection frequency and the super segment type are known, it can be determined whether or not reception is possible with a receiver described later.
　図１８(c)の例では番組情報を見るだけで、直接番組を受信機が選局でき、選局動作が容易となる効果がある。 In the example of FIG. 18 (c), the receiver can tune directly to the program simply by looking at the program information, and the channel selection operation is easy.
　また、図１８のパイロット情報の送り方をすれば、スーパーセグメント構成がある日時から変わることになるとしても、ある日時からの番組情報の設定をスーパーセグメント構成が変更した内容に追従して変更すれば、受信機側がスーパーセグメント構成の変更を意識することがなく受信することができる効果がある。ただし、パイロットセグメントの位置(周波数配置)は変更してはいけない。 Also, if the pilot information shown in FIG. 18 is sent, even if the super segment configuration changes from a certain date and time, the program information setting from a certain date and time can be changed to follow the contents of the change in the super segment configuration. For example, there is an effect that the receiver side can receive without being aware of the change of the super segment configuration. However, the position (frequency arrangement) of the pilot segment should not be changed.
　図１９に本発明に係る実施形態２におけるデジタル放送受信装置の構成を示すブロック図である。図１９のデジタル放送受信装置は図２のデジタル放送送信装置から送信されたデジタル放送送信信号を受信するものである。 FIG. 19 is a block diagram showing a configuration of a digital broadcast receiving apparatus according to the second embodiment of the present invention. The digital broadcast receiving apparatus in FIG. 19 receives a digital broadcast transmission signal transmitted from the digital broadcast transmitting apparatus in FIG.
　１９２６はデジタル放送受信装置である。 1926 is a digital broadcast receiver.
　１９０１はアンテナ、１９０２は選局部、１９０３は直交復調部、１９０４は高速フーリエ変換(以下、ＦＦＴ)部、１９０５はＦＦＴ部１９０４以降ＴＳ出力までのデジタル放送送信信号の復調・復号動作を行う復調復号部、１９０６は同期再生部、１９０７はフレーム抽出部、１９０８はＴＭＣＣ復号部であり、復調復号部１９０５の動作を行うための同期信号再生や、伝送パラメータなどの情報入手を行う。 Reference numeral 1901 denotes an antenna, 1902 denotes a channel selection unit, 1903 denotes an orthogonal demodulation unit, 1904 denotes a fast Fourier transform (hereinafter referred to as FFT) unit, 1905 denotes demodulation / decoding operation for demodulating / decoding digital broadcast transmission signals from the FFT unit 1904 to the TS output. , 1906 is a synchronous reproduction unit, 1907 is a frame extraction unit, and 1908 is a TMCC decoding unit, which reproduces a synchronous signal for operating the demodulation / decoding unit 1905 and obtains information such as transmission parameters.
　選局１９０２からＴＭＣＣ復号部１９０８まででフロント・エンド (以下、Ｆ／Ｅ)部１９２４を構成する。　１９２８はデスクランブル１部、１９２９はデスクランブル２部、１９０９はデマックス部、１９１０は圧縮された放送音声信号のデコード部、１９１１はデコードされた放送音声信号の出力を行う音声出力部、１９１２は圧縮された放送映像信号のデコード部、１９１３は表示画面を構成する提示処理部、１９１４はデコードされた放送映像信号の表示を行う映像出力部、１９１５はＰＳＩ(Program Specific Information)／ＳＩ(Service Information)などのシステム情報を取り扱うシステムデコード部である。 A front end (hereinafter referred to as F / E) unit 1924 is configured from the channel selection 1902 to the TMCC decoding unit 1908. 1928 is a descrambling part 1, 1929 is a descrambling part 2, 1909 is a demux part, 1910 is a decoding part of the compressed broadcast audio signal, 1911 is an audio output part for outputting the decoded broadcast audio signal, and 1912 is a compression part 1913 is a presentation processing unit constituting a display screen, 1914 is a video output unit for displaying the decoded broadcast video signal, and 1915 is PSI (Program Specific Information) / SI (Service Information). It is a system decoding unit that handles system information such as.
　デスクランブル１部１９２８、デスクランブル２部１９２９、デマックス部１９０９からシステムデコード部１９１５まででバック・エンド (以下、Ｂ／Ｅ)部１９２５を構成する。 The descrambling part 1928, the descrambling part 2 1929, and the demax part 1909 to the system decoding part 1915 constitute a back-end trap (hereinafter B / E) part 1925.
　１９１６は書き換え可能タイプ不揮発性メモリ(以下、ＮＶＲＡＭ)、１９１７はフォントなどのＲＯＭ(Read Only Memory)、１９１８は主メモリであるＲＡＭ(Random Access Memory)、１９１９は通信回線インターフェース(以下Ｉ／Ｆ)、１９２０は入出力部(以下、Ｉ／Ｏ)、１９２１はシステムバス、１９２２は中央演算処理部(以下、ＣＰＵ)、１９２３はリモコンなどの操作用のボタン、１９３０はライセンス情報を管理するCAS(Conditional Access System)、１９３１は記録媒体、１９２７はリムーバブルメディアである。 1916 is a rewritable nonvolatile memory (hereinafter referred to as NVRAM), 1917 is a ROM such as a font (Read Only Memory), 1918 is a main memory RAM (Random Access Memory), and 1919 is a communication line interface (hereinafter I / F). , 1920 is an input / output unit (hereinafter referred to as I / O), 1921 is a system bus, 1922 is a central processing unit (hereinafter referred to as CPU), 1923 is a button for operating a remote control, etc. 1930 is a CAS ( Conditional Access System), 1931 is a recording medium, and 1927 is a removable medium.
　リアルタイム放送の場合、アンテナ１９０１によりデジタル放送受信装置１９２６に入力されたデジタル放送送信信号は、Ｆ／Ｅ部１９２４によりＴＳ(トランスポートストリーム)に変換される。復調されたＴＳは、デスクランブル１部１９２８により、CAS１９３０に格納されたライセンス情報を利用して、暗号化データが選択的に復号される。ライセンス情報は、ネットワークを経由して通信I／F１９１９により供給されてもよいし、リムーバブルメディア１９２７により供給されてもよい。復号されたＴＳは、デマックス部１９０９により、映像、音声、その他データに分離され、映像ストリームは映像デコード部１９１２へ、音声ストリームは音声デコード部１９１０へ出力される。デコードされた映像信号は提示処理部１９１３で表示画面を構成され、映像出力１９１４で出力される。デコードされた音声信号は音声出力１９１１で出力される。 In the case of real-time broadcasting, a digital broadcast transmission signal input to the digital broadcast receiver 1926 by the antenna 1901 is converted into a TS (transport stream) by the F / E unit 1924. The demodulated TS is selectively decrypted by the descrambling unit 1928 using the license information stored in the CAS 1930. The license information may be supplied by the communication I / F 1919 via a network or may be supplied by the removable medium 1927. The decoded TS is separated into video, audio, and other data by the demax unit 1909, and the video stream is output to the video decoding unit 1912 and the audio stream is output to the audio decoding unit 1910. The decoded video signal forms a display screen by the presentation processing unit 1913 and is output by the video output 1914. The decoded audio signal is output as an audio output 1911.
　プッシュキャスト放送の場合、アンテナ１９０１によりデジタル放送受信装置１９２６に入力されたデジタル放送送信信号は、Ｆ／Ｅ部によりＴＳ(トランスポートストリーム)に変換される。復調されたＴＳは、デスクランブル１部１９２８に入力されるが、ここでは復号を行わない。続いて入力されたデマックス部１９０９で、蓄積するコンテンツに関するデータのみを分離し、記録媒体１９３１に蓄積する。 In the case of push cast broadcasting, a digital broadcast transmission signal input to the digital broadcast receiving device 1926 by the antenna 1901 is converted into a TS (transport stream) by the F / E unit. The demodulated TS is input to the descramble 1 unit 1928, but is not decoded here. Subsequently, only the data related to the content to be stored is separated and stored in the recording medium 1931 by the input demax unit 1909.
　アクセス制御共通情報および、アクセス制御個別情報が放送波経由で配信された場合は、デマックス部１９０９で分離して記録媒体１９３１に蓄積しておく。アクセス制御共通情報および、アクセス制御個別情報がネットワーク経由で配信される場合は、再生前もしくは再生時に通信I/F１９１９を経由して取得し、記録媒体１９３１に蓄積しておく。アクセス制御共通情報および、アクセス制御個別情報がネットワーク経由で配信される場合は、再生前もしくは再生時にI/O１９２０を経由して取得し、記録媒体１９３１に蓄積しておく。 When the access control common information and the access control individual information are distributed via the broadcast wave, they are separated by the demux unit 1909 and stored in the recording medium 1931. When the access control common information and the access control individual information are distributed via the network, they are acquired via the communication I / F 1919 before or during reproduction and stored in the recording medium 1931. When the access control common information and the access control individual information are distributed via the network, they are acquired via the I / O 1920 before or during reproduction and stored in the recording medium 1931.
　再生時には、記録媒体１９３１から再生するコンテンツに関するデータを読み出してデスクランブル２部１９２９に入力し、記録媒体１９３１に蓄積しておいたアクセス制御共通情報および、アクセス制御個別情報を利用して、暗号化データを選択的に復号する。復号されたＴＳは、デマックス部１９０９により、映像、音声、その他データに分離され、映像ストリームは映像デコード部１９１２へ、音声ストリームは音声デコード部１９１０へ出力される。デコードされた映像信号は提示処理部１９１３で表示画面を構成され、映像出力１９１４で出力される。デコードされた音声信号は音声出力１９１１で出力される。 At the time of reproduction, data related to the content to be reproduced is read from the recording medium 1931 and input to the descrambling 2 unit 1929 and encrypted using the access control common information and the access control individual information stored in the recording medium 1931. Decode data selectively. The decoded TS is separated into video, audio, and other data by the demax unit 1909, and the video stream is output to the video decoding unit 1912 and the audio stream is output to the audio decoding unit 1910. The decoded video signal forms a display screen by the presentation processing unit 1913 and is output by the video output 1914. The decoded audio signal is output as an audio output 1911.
　以上の動作はＣＰＵ１９２２が、システムバス１９２１を介し、Ｆ／Ｅ部１９２４やＢ／Ｅ部１９２５の各ブロックに対して制御を行なうことで、デジタル放送受信装置１９２６は通常の映像、音声の再生を行う。 In the above operation, the CPU 1922 controls each block of the F / E unit 1924 and the B / E unit 1925 via the system bus 1921 so that the digital broadcast receiver 1926 reproduces normal video and audio. Do.
　データ放送受信時は、一旦データをＲＡＭ１９１８、あるいはＮＶＲＡＭ１９１６等へ転送し、ＣＰＵ１９２２による処理を行う。また通常の映像、音声の再生処理だけでなく、文字図形の提示と同時にＲＡＭ１９１８上のデータを映像、音声デコーダへ転送し、映像、音声の再生処理を行う様な処理を行なう。また、通信Ｉ／Ｆ１９１９を用いデジタル放送受信装置１９２６外部と情報のやり取りを行なう。 At the time of data broadcast reception, the data is once transferred to the RAM 1918, NVRAM 1916 or the like and processed by the CPU 1922. In addition to normal video and audio playback processing, the data on the RAM 1918 is transferred to the video and audio decoder simultaneously with the presentation of the characters and graphics, and processing such as video and audio playback processing is performed. In addition, the communication I / F 1919 is used to exchange information with the outside of the digital broadcast receiver 1926.
　デジタル放送受信装置の操作は、Ｉ／Ｏ１９２０を介し、ボタン１９２３で行なうことが可能である。 The operation of the digital broadcast receiving apparatus can be performed with the button 1923 via the I / O 1920.
　図２０にデジタル放送受信装置の種類を示す。 Fig. 20 shows the types of digital broadcast receivers.
　図２のデジタル放送送信装置からのデジタル放送送信信号には13セグメント形式のスーパーセグメントと1セグメント形式のスーパーセグメントがある。これらのそれぞれを受信できる受信機が定義できるが、さらに、13セグメント形式と1セグメント形式の両方を受信できる13/1セグメント形式受信と、1セグメント形式に加え13セグメント形式の部分受信階層のみが受信できる部分受信/1セグメント形式受信が定義できる。図１９のデジタル放送受信装置１９２６は、13/1セグメント形式受信、または、部分受信/1セグメント形式受信のどちらかとする。 The digital broadcast transmission signal from the digital broadcast transmission apparatus in FIG. 2 includes a 13-segment super segment and a 1-segment super segment. Receivers that can receive each of these can be defined, but 13/1 segment format reception that can receive both 13 segment format and 1 segment format, and only the partial reception layer of 13 segment format in addition to 1 segment format Can be defined partial reception / 1 segment format reception. The digital broadcast receiving apparatus 1926 in FIG. 19 performs either 13/1 segment format reception or partial reception / 1 segment format reception.
　図２１に13/1セグメント形式受信の場合の復調復号部１９０５の構成を、図２２に部分受信/1セグメント形式受信の場合の復調復号部１９０５の構成を示す。 21 shows the configuration of the demodulation / decoding unit 1905 in the case of 13/1 segment format reception, and FIG. 22 shows the configuration of the demodulation / decoding unit 1905 in the case of partial reception / 1 segment format reception.
　２１０１、２２０１はＦＦＴ部１９０４からの出力信号の入力、２１０２、２２０２はキャリア復調部、２１０３、２２０３はデインターリーブ部、２１０４、２２０４はデマッピング部、２１０５、２２０５はビットデインターリーブ部、２１０６、２２０６はデパンクチャ部、２１０７、２２０７はビタビ復号部、２１０８、２２０８はバイトデインターリーブ部、２１０９、２２０９はエネルギー逆拡散部、２１１０、２２１０はＴＳ再生部、２１１１、２２１１はＲＳ(リード・ソロモン)復号部、２１１２、２２１２は復調復号部１９０５の出力である。ビットデインターリーブ部２１０５、デパンクチャ部２１０６、バイトデインターリーブ部２１０８、エネルギー逆拡散部２１０９は、それぞれａ、ｂ、ｃの3階層分あり、２１２１、２１２３は3階層に分割する階層分割部、２１２２は階層を合成する階層合成部である。 2101 and 2201 are input signals from the FFT unit 1904, 2102 and 2202 are carrier demodulation units, 2103 and 2203 are deinterleave units, 2104 and 2204 are demapping units, 2105 and 2205 are bit deinterleave units, 2106 and 2206. Is a depuncture unit, 2107 and 2207 are Viterbi decoding units, 2108 and 2208 are byte deinterleaving units, 2109 and 2209 are energy despreading units, 2110 and 2210 are TS reproduction units, and 211 and 211 are RS (Reed-Solomon) decoding units. Reference numerals 2112 and 2212 denote outputs of the demodulation / decoding unit 1905. The bit deinterleaving unit 2105, the depuncturing unit 2106, the byte deinterleaving unit 2108, and the energy despreading unit 2109 are respectively provided for three layers a, b, and c, and 2121 and 2123 are divided into three layers. It is a layer composition unit that composes layers.
　まず、13/1セグメント形式受信の場合の動作を図２１、図１９を使用して説明する。 First, the operation in the case of 13/1 segment format reception will be described with reference to FIGS.
　アンテナ１９０１で受信されたデジタル放送送信信号から選局部１９０２で受信すべきチャネル周波数帯域が抽出され、直交復調部１９０３でチャンネル選択された信号が直交復調されベースバンド信号とされ、ＦＦＴ部１９０４で周波数軸処理に変換され、ＯＦＤＭシンボルのうち、有効シンボルに相当する期間についてＦＦＴが実施される。その際、受信信号のマルチパスの状況が考慮され、適切な期間でＦＦＴ処理が実施される。これを受け、復調復号部１９０５では、キャリア復調部２１０２で周波数軸上の各キャリアに対して復調処理が行われ(例えば、ＱＰＳＫ、１６ＱＡＭ、６４ＱＡＭ用にスキャッタードパイロット(ＳＰ)を用いた同期復調を行い、振幅、及び位相情報を検出する)、デインターリーブ部２１０３で周波数軸及び時間軸のデインターリーブ、デマッピング部２１０４でデマッピングされ、階層分割部２１２１で各階層に分割されそれぞれビットデインターリーブ部２１０５ａ、ｂ、ｃでビットデインターリーブ、デパンクチャ部２１０６ａ、ｂ、ｃでデパンクチャ、階層合成部２１２２で合成してビタビ復号部２１０７でビタビ復号、階層分割部２１２１で各階層に分割されバイトデインターリーブ部２１０８でバイトデインターリーブ、エネルギー逆拡散部２１０９でエネルギー逆拡散が行われ、ＴＳ再生部２１１０でＴＳ再生され、ＲＳ復号部２１１１で誤り訂正が施されてデジタル放送信号が復調され、例えば、ＭＰＥＧ２システムズに規定されるトランスポートストリーム(ＴＳ)信号がデスクランブル１部１９２８および、デマックス部１９０９に出力される。ここで、１セグメント形式の信号を受信する場合と13セグメント形式の受信をする場合では、ＴＭＣＣ復号部１９０８で復号されたＴＭＣＣ信号の図１１で示したシステム識別でシステムを識別し、地上デジタル音声放送システムの場合に1セグメント形式を、地上デジタルテレビジョン放送システムの場合に13セグメント形式の受信の処理を行なう(主に図１３で示した部分受信フラグの取り扱い)。さらに、１セグメント形式の信号を受信する場合は、階層分割２１２１、２１２３で階層分割を行なわず、例えばａ系統のブロックを用いて処理を行なう。階層分割を行なっていないので階層合成２１２２での階層合成も必要ない。部分受信階層を受信する場合、１セグメント形式の場合と同じようにａ系統のみを用いて処理してもいいし、３階層に分割してそのうちの１系統を部分受信階層として処理してもよい。１セグメント形式および部分受信のみの受信の場合、選局１９０２のチャネル周波数帯域を１セグメント分として抽出してもよい。 The channel frequency band to be received by the channel selection unit 1902 is extracted from the digital broadcast transmission signal received by the antenna 1901, the signal channel-selected by the orthogonal demodulation unit 1903 is orthogonally demodulated into a baseband signal, and the frequency is output by the FFT unit 1904. It is converted to axis processing, and FFT is performed for a period corresponding to an effective symbol among OFDM symbols. At that time, the multipath situation of the received signal is taken into consideration, and the FFT processing is performed in an appropriate period. In response to this, in the demodulation / decoding unit 1905, the carrier demodulation unit 2102 performs demodulation processing on each carrier on the frequency axis (for example, synchronization using a scattered pilot (SP) for QPSK, 16QAM, and 64QAM). (Demodulation is performed to detect amplitude and phase information), frequency axis and time axis deinterleaving is performed by the deinterleaving unit 2103, and demapping is performed by the demapping unit 2104. Bit deinterleaving is performed by the interleaving units 2105a, b, and c, depuncturing is performed by the depuncturing units 2106a, b, and c, synthesis is performed by the layer synthesizing unit 2122, Viterbi decoding is performed by the Viterbi decoding unit 2107, and each layer is divided by the layer dividing unit 2121. Byte deinterleaving and energy in the interleaving unit 2108 -Despreading unit 2109 performs energy despreading, TS playback unit 2110 performs TS playback, RS decoding unit 2111 performs error correction, and a digital broadcast signal is demodulated. For example, transport defined in MPEG2 Systems A stream (TS) signal is output to the descramble 1 unit 1928 and the demax unit 1909. Here, in the case of receiving a signal in 1 segment format and in the case of receiving in 13 segment format, the system is identified by the system identification shown in FIG. 11 of the TMCC signal decoded by the TMCC decoding unit 1908, and digital terrestrial audio In the case of a broadcasting system, a 1-segment format is received, and in the case of a digital terrestrial television broadcasting system, a 13-segment format is received (mainly handling the partial reception flag shown in FIG. 13). Further, when receiving a signal of one segment format, the layer division 2121 and 2123 do not perform layer division, but perform processing using, for example, a system block. Since no hierarchical division is performed, hierarchical synthesis in the hierarchical synthesis 2122 is not necessary. When receiving a partial reception layer, processing may be performed using only the system a as in the case of the one segment format, or may be divided into three layers and one of them may be processed as a partial reception layer. . In the case of reception of only one segment format and partial reception, the channel frequency band of the channel selection 1902 may be extracted as one segment.
　次に、部分受信/1セグメント形式受信の場合の動作を図２２、図１９を使用して説明する。 Next, the operation in the case of partial reception / 1-segment reception will be described with reference to FIGS.
　アンテナ１９０１で受信されたデジタル放送送信信号から選局部１９０２で受信すべきチャネル周波数帯域、この場合、１セグメント分の周波数帯域が抽出され、直交復調部１９０３でチャンネル選択された信号が直交復調されベースバンド信号とされ、ＦＦＴ部１９０４で周波数軸処理に変換され、ＯＦＤＭシンボルのうち、有効シンボルに相当する期間についてＦＦＴが実施される。その際、受信信号のマルチパスの状況が考慮され、適切な期間でＦＦＴ処理が実施される。これを受け、復調復号部１９０５では、キャリア復調部２２０２で周波数軸上の各キャリアに対して復調処理が行われ(例えば、ＱＰＳＫ、１６ＱＡＭ、６４ＱＡＭ用にスキャッタードパイロット(ＳＰ)を用いた同期復調を行い、振幅、及び位相情報を検出する)、デインターリーブ部２２０３で周波数軸及び時間軸のデインターリーブ、デマッピング部２２０４でデマッピングされビットデインターリーブ部２２０５でビットデインターリーブ、デパンクチャ部２２０６でデパンクチャ、ビタビ復号部２２０７でビタビ復号、バイトデインターリーブ部２２０８でバイトデインターリーブ、エネルギー逆拡散部２２０９でエネルギー逆拡散が行われ、ＴＳ再生部２２１０でＴＳ再生され、ＲＳ復号部２２１１で誤り訂正が施されてデジタル放送信号が復調され、例えば、ＭＰＥＧ２システムズに規定されるトランスポートストリーム(ＴＳ)信号がデスクランブル１部１９２８および、デマックス部１９０９に出力される。ここで、１セグメント形式の信号を受信する場合と13セグメント形式の部分受信をする場合では、ＴＭＣＣ復号部１９０８で復号されたＴＭＣＣ信号の図１１で示したシステム識別でシステムを識別し、地上デジタル音声放送システムの場合に1セグメント形式を、地上デジタルテレビジョン放送システムの場合に13セグメント形式の部分受信の処理を行なう(主に図１３で示した部分受信フラグの取り扱い)。 The channel frequency band to be received by the channel selection unit 1902 from the digital broadcast transmission signal received by the antenna 1901, in this case, the frequency band for one segment is extracted, and the channel-selected signal is orthogonally demodulated by the orthogonal demodulation unit 1903. A band signal is converted into frequency axis processing by an FFT unit 1904, and FFT is performed for a period corresponding to an effective symbol among OFDM symbols. At that time, the multipath situation of the received signal is taken into consideration, and the FFT processing is performed in an appropriate period. In response to this, in the demodulation / decoding unit 1905, the carrier demodulation unit 2202 performs demodulation processing on each carrier on the frequency axis (for example, synchronization using scattered pilot (SP) for QPSK, 16QAM, and 64QAM). (Demodulate and detect amplitude and phase information), deinterleave unit 2203 for frequency axis and time axis, demap unit demapping unit 2204, bit deinterleave unit 2205, and depuncture unit 2206 Depuncture, Viterbi decoding unit 2207 performs Viterbi decoding, Byte deinterleaving unit 2208 performs byte deinterleaving, Energy despreading unit 2209 performs energy despreading, TS reproduction unit 2210 performs TS reproduction, and RS decoding unit 2211 performs error correction. Digital broadcasting The signal is demodulated, and, for example, a transport stream (TS) signal defined by MPEG2 Systems is output to the descramble 1 unit 1928 and the demax unit 1909. Here, in the case of receiving a signal of 1 segment format and in the case of partial reception of 13 segment format, the system is identified by the system identification shown in FIG. 11 of the TMCC signal decoded by the TMCC decoding unit 1908, and the terrestrial digital In the case of an audio broadcasting system, partial reception processing is performed in the 1 segment format, and in the case of a digital terrestrial television broadcasting system, partial reception processing is performed (mainly handling of the partial reception flag shown in FIG. 13).
　図１９のＦ／Ｅ部１９２４のその他のブロックを説明する。 The other blocks of the F / E unit 1924 in FIG. 19 will be described.
　同期再生部１９０６では直交復調部１９０３からのベースバンド信号を受け、モード、ガードインターバル長に応じてＯＦＤＭシンボル同期信号及びＦＦＴサンプル周波数が再生される。モード、ガードインターバル長が未知の場合には、ＯＦＤＭ信号のガード期間の相関性等により判別することもできる。さらにＦＦＴ部１９０４の出力信号からＴＭＣＣ信号の周波数位置が検出される。フレーム抽出部１９０７では検出された周波数位置のＴＭＣＣ信号が復調されるとともにＴＭＣＣ信号からフレーム同期信号が抽出される。フレーム同期信号は同期再生部１９０６に出力され、シンボル同期信号との位相調整が行われる。ＴＭＣＣ復号部１９０８では復調されたＴＭＣＣ信号に差集合巡回符号の誤り訂正が施され、階層構造、伝送パラメータなどＴＭＣＣ情報が抽出される。このＴＭＣＣ情報は復調復号部１９０５に出力され、復調復号処理の各種制御情報として利用される。連結送信信号ではセグメント間に位相差があるため、復調に上隣接セグメント下端のキャリアを使用する同期変調セグメントの受信については、上隣接セグメント下端のキャリア位相を補正しなければならない。 The synchronization reproduction unit 1906 receives the baseband signal from the orthogonal demodulation unit 1903 and reproduces the OFDM symbol synchronization signal and the FFT sample frequency according to the mode and the guard interval length. When the mode and the guard interval length are unknown, the mode and guard interval length can also be determined based on the correlation of the guard period of the OFDM signal. Further, the frequency position of the TMCC signal is detected from the output signal of the FFT unit 1904. The frame extraction unit 1907 demodulates the TMCC signal at the detected frequency position and extracts a frame synchronization signal from the TMCC signal. The frame synchronization signal is output to the synchronization reproduction unit 1906, and phase adjustment with the symbol synchronization signal is performed. The TMCC decoding unit 1908 performs error correction of the differential cyclic code on the demodulated TMCC signal, and extracts TMCC information such as a hierarchical structure and transmission parameters. The TMCC information is output to the demodulation / decoding unit 1905 and used as various control information for the demodulation / decoding process. Since there is a phase difference between segments in the concatenated transmission signal, the carrier phase at the lower end of the upper adjacent segment must be corrected for reception of the synchronous modulation segment that uses the carrier at the lower end of the upper adjacent segment for demodulation.
　ＴＭＣＣ復号部１９０８は、緊急警報放送を受信しようとしているときには常に動作しており、図１２で示した緊急警報放送用起動フラグを監視している。なお、このとき、選局部１９０２、直交復調部１９０３、ＦＦＴ部１９０４、同期再生部１９０６、フレーム抽出部１９０７は常に動作している。選局部１９０２、直交復調部１９０３、ＦＦＴ部１９０４、同期再生部１９０６、フレーム抽出部１９０７の動作は緊急警報放送を受信しようとしているときには13セグメント形式の場合はセグメントNo.0、すなわち部分受信部分のみの処理を行うのみでよい。これにより、本デジタル放送の13セグメント全帯域を処理するよりも低消費電力動作とすることができる。1セグメント形式の場合は1セグメント帯域のみでよい。 The TMCC decoding unit 1908 is always operating when trying to receive an emergency alert broadcast, and monitors the emergency alert broadcast activation flag shown in FIG. At this time, the channel selection unit 1902, the quadrature demodulation unit 1903, the FFT unit 1904, the synchronous reproduction unit 1906, and the frame extraction unit 1907 are always operating. The operations of the channel selection unit 1902, the orthogonal demodulation unit 1903, the FFT unit 1904, the synchronous reproduction unit 1906, and the frame extraction unit 1907 are segment No. 0 in the case of 13 segment format, that is, only the partial reception part when receiving an emergency warning broadcast It is only necessary to perform the process. As a result, it is possible to achieve a low power consumption operation compared to processing the entire 13-segment band of this digital broadcast. In the case of 1 segment format, only 1 segment bandwidth is required.
　図１９のＢ／Ｅ部１９２５を説明する。 The B / E unit 1925 in FIG. 19 will be described.
　デスクランブル１部１９２８および、デマックス部１９０９では著作権保護のためにスクランブルのかけられているＴＳ信号のスクランブルが解除され、希望された圧縮された放送映像信号や圧縮された放送音声信号のデジタル信号が抽出されデコード部１９１０、１９１２、１９１５に出力される。デコード部１９１２では圧縮された放送映像信号が、デコード部１９１０では圧縮された放送音声信号がデコードされ、デコードされた映像信号は提示処理部１９１３で表示画面を構成され、映像出力部１９１４に、デコードされた音声信号は音声出力部１９１１に出力される。 In descrambling 1 section 1928 and demax section 1909, descrambling of the scrambled TS signal for copyright protection is canceled, and the desired compressed broadcast video signal and compressed broadcast audio signal digital signal Are extracted and output to the decoding units 1910, 1912 and 1915. The decoding unit 1912 decodes the compressed broadcast video signal, the decoding unit 1910 decodes the compressed broadcast audio signal, and the decoded video signal forms a display screen in the presentation processing unit 1913, and the video output unit 1914 decodes the display screen. The audio signal thus output is output to the audio output unit 1911.
　次に、図１６、図１７、図１８のパイロット放送、パイロットセグメント、パイロット情報の場合の受信動作を図１９、図２３を用い説明する。 Next, the reception operation in the case of the pilot broadcast, pilot segment, and pilot information shown in FIGS. 16, 17, and 18 will be described with reference to FIGS.
　ステップ２３０１で受信動作を開始する。受信動作はＣＰＵ１９２２がシステムバス１９２１を介して各ブロックを制御する。 In step 2301, the reception operation is started. In the reception operation, the CPU 1922 controls each block via the system bus 1921.
　ステップ２３０２でまず決められた周波数位置にあるパイロットセグメント１７０１または１７０２を選局部１９０２は選局する。 In step 2302, the channel selection unit 1902 first selects the pilot segment 1701 or 1702 at the frequency position determined.
　ステップ２３０３でＦ／Ｅ部１９２４によりＴＳを復調し、デスクランブル１部１９２８および、デマックス部１９０９により図１８のパイロット情報を抽出し、システムデコード部１９１５によりデコードする。 In step 2303, the TS is demodulated by the F / E unit 1924, the pilot information of FIG. 18 is extracted by the descrambling unit 1928 and the demax unit 1909, and is decoded by the system decoding unit 1915.
　ステップ２３０４で抽出したパイロット情報からサービス選局表を作成し、記憶する。 Create a service channel list from the pilot information extracted in step 2304 and store it.
　図２４にサービス選局表の一例を示す。事業者識別、放送種類、日時、番組種別で整理され、リアルタイム放送の番組やプッシュキャスト放送のコンテンツ別にそれぞれ選局周波数とスーパセグメント種類が割り当てられる。選局周波数は中心サブチャンネルの中心周波数である。また、スーパセグメント種類がタイプＡ(13セグメント形式)の場合は、番組やコンテンツが部分受信階層にあるかどうかが示される("○"：部分受信階層、"×"：部分受信以外の階層)。 FIG. 24 shows an example of the service tuning table. They are organized by operator identification, broadcast type, date / time, and program type, and a channel selection frequency and a super segment type are assigned to each content of a real-time broadcast program or pushcast broadcast content. The channel selection frequency is the center frequency of the center subchannel. When the super segment type is type A (13-segment format), it is indicated whether or not the program or content is in the partial reception layer ("○": partial reception layer, "x": layer other than partial reception). .
　ステップ２３０５でリアルタイム放送、プッシュキャスト放送、ダウンロード済みのサービス表が表示される。一般的にリアルタイム放送のサービス表が優先的に表示され、プッシュキャスト放送やダウンロード済みのサービス表はメニューなどでユーザが選択する。 In step 2305, real-time broadcast, pushcast broadcast, and downloaded service table are displayed. In general, a real-time broadcast service table is preferentially displayed, and a user selects a pushcast broadcast or a downloaded service table using a menu or the like.
　図２５にサービス表の一例を示す。図２５(a)はリアルタイム放送、図２５(b)はプッシュキャスト放送、図２５(c)はダウンロード済みの場合の例である。 FIG. 25 shows an example of a service table. FIG. 25A shows an example of real-time broadcasting, FIG. 25B shows an example of pushcast broadcasting, and FIG.
　図２５(a)では現在の時間に放送されている番組が表示される。部分受信/1セグメント形式受信の場合には、タイプＡ(13セグメント形式)で部分受信セグメント以外の階層で番組が伝送されている場合には受信できないので、そのような表記をしてその番組を選択できないようにする。 In FIG. 25 (a), the program broadcast at the current time is displayed. In the case of partial reception / 1-segment format reception, if the program is transmitted in a layer other than the partial reception segment in type A (13 segment format), it cannot be received. Disable selection.
　ステップ２３０６で視聴したい番組を選択する。なお、年月日、時間、事業者で番組検索をかける機能を有していてもよい。 In step 2306, select the program you want to watch. In addition, you may have a function which searches a program by a date, time, and a provider.
　ステップ２３０７で選択した番組を選局する。図２４のサービス選局表により、選局部１９０２を選局周波数とし、タイプＡで部分受信以外で伝送されている場合はチャネル周波数帯域を13セグメントの帯域としＦ／Ｅ部１９２４は13セグメント形式復調を行なう。タイプＡで部分受信で伝送されている場合とタイプＢの場合はチャネル周波数帯域を1セグメントの帯域としＦ／Ｅ部１９２４は部分受信の場合は部分受信復調、タイプＢの場合は1セグメント形式復調を行なう。 Tune in the program selected in step 2307. According to the service channel selection table of FIG. 24, when the channel selection unit 1902 is a channel selection frequency and transmission is performed in a type A other than partial reception, the channel frequency band is 13 segment bandwidth, and the F / E unit 1924 is 13 segment format demodulation. To do. In the case of transmission by partial reception in type A and in the case of type B, the channel frequency band is a band of one segment, and the F / E section 1924 performs partial reception demodulation in the case of partial reception, and one segment format demodulation in the case of type B. To do.
　ステップ２３０８で番組が出力される。 In step 2308, the program is output.
　図２５(b)は現在ダウンロード可能なコンテンツが表示される。ステップ２３０９でダウンロードしたいコンテンツを選択する。このとき、すでにダウンロード済みのコンテンツは"ダウンロード済"と表示して選択できないようにする。 Fig. 25 (b) shows the contents that can be downloaded now. In step 2309, the contents to be downloaded are selected. At this time, the already downloaded contents are displayed as “downloaded” so that they cannot be selected.
　ステップ２３１０でダウンロード予約となる。ダウンロードの時間になれば、ステップ２３１１で選局部１９０２は図２４のサービス選局表により予約したコンテンツを選局周波数とし、タイプＡで部分受信以外で伝送されている場合はチャネル周波数帯域を13セグメントの帯域としＦ／Ｅ部１９２４は13セグメント形式復調を行なう。タイプＡで部分受信で伝送されている場合とタイプＢの場合はチャネル周波数帯域を1セグメントの帯域としＦ／Ｅ部１９２４は部分受信の場合は部分受信復調、タイプＢの場合は1セグメント形式復調を行なう。 In step 2310, a download reservation is made. If it is time to download, the channel selection unit 1902 in step 2311 uses the content reserved by the service channel selection table of FIG. 24 as the channel selection frequency, and if it is transmitted by type A other than partial reception, the channel frequency band is 13 segments. The F / E unit 1924 performs 13 segment format demodulation. In the case of transmission by partial reception in type A and in the case of type B, the channel frequency band is a band of one segment, and the F / E section 1924 performs partial reception demodulation in the case of partial reception, and one segment format demodulation in the case of type B. To do.
　ステップ２３１２でダウンロードされる。 Downloaded at step 2312.
　図２５(c)はすでにダウンロードしたコンテンツが表示される。ステップ２３１３で再生選択し、ステップ２３１４で出力される。なお、ダウンロードのサービス表はステップ２３０１の開始時に選択できるようにしてもよい。 Fig. 25 (c) shows the content already downloaded. Playback is selected at step 2313 and output at step 2314. The download service table may be selected at the start of step 2301.
　以上、図２３、２４、２５のデジタル放送受信方法によれば、デジタル放送送信信号のセグメント構成を意識することなく受信することができる効果がある。 As described above, according to the digital broadcast receiving method of FIGS. 23, 24, and 25, there is an effect that the digital broadcast transmission signal can be received without being aware of the segment configuration.
　図２６は本発明に係る実施形態３におけるデジタル放送送信装置が送信するデジタル放送送信信号のサービス構成の一実施例を示す説明図である。 FIG. 26 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of a service configuration of a digital broadcast transmission signal transmitted by the digital broadcast transmission apparatus according to the third embodiment of the present invention.
　２６０１はプッシュキャスト放送、２６０２はプッシュキャスト放送とリアルタイム放送の混在放送、２６０３はリアルタイム放送、２６０４はプッシュキャスト放送のパイロット放送、２６０５はリアルタイム放送のパイロット放送である。図１６との差は、パイロット放送をプッシュキャスト放送とリアルタイム放送でそれぞれ独立して設けたことである。図１６と同様に、パイロット放送２６０４、２６０５をどの周波数配置で送るかはあらかじめ決めておく必要がある。 2601 is a pushcast broadcast, 2602 is a mixed broadcast of pushcast broadcast and real-time broadcast, 2603 is a real-time broadcast, 2604 is a pushcast broadcast pilot broadcast, and 2605 is a real-time pilot broadcast. The difference from FIG. 16 is that the pilot broadcast is provided independently for the pushcast broadcast and the real-time broadcast. As in FIG. 16, it is necessary to determine in advance which frequency arrangement the pilot broadcasts 2604 and 2605 are sent.
　図２７は本発明のデジタル放送送信装置が送信するデジタル放送送信信号のセグメント構成の一実施例を示す説明図である。図２７は図２で説明したセグメント構成例であり、図２７(a)において２７０１はリアルタイム放送用のパイロットセグメント、２７０２はプッシュキャスト放送用のパイロットセグメントであり、図２７(b)において２７０３はリアルタイム放送用のパイロットセグメント、２７０４はプッシュキャスト放送用のパイロットセグメントである。 FIG. 27 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of a segment configuration of a digital broadcast transmission signal transmitted by the digital broadcast transmission apparatus of the present invention. FIG. 27 shows an example of the segment configuration described in FIG. 2. In FIG. 27A, 2701 is a pilot segment for real time broadcasting, 2702 is a pilot segment for pushcast broadcasting, and 2703 is a real time broadcasting in FIG. A pilot segment for broadcasting, 2704 is a pilot segment for pushcast broadcasting.
　パイロットセグメントはパイロット放送を伝送するセグメントであり、1セグメント形式のセグメント、または13セグメント形式の部分受信セグメントとする。図２７(a)の例で、リアルタイム放送用のパイロットセグメント２７０１は[スーパーセグメント２、中心サブチャンネル番号 1]のセグメント、中心周波数は(210+1/7)MHzであり、プッシュキャスト放送用のパイロットセグメント２７０２は[スーパーセグメント４、中心サブチャンネル番号 1]のセグメント、中心周波数は(216+1/7)MHzである。図２７(b)の例ではリアルタイム放送用のパイロットセグメント２７０３は[スーパーセグメント２、中心サブチャンネル番号1]のセグメント、中心周波数は(213+4/7)MHzであり、プッシュキャスト放送用のパイロットセグメント２７０４は[スーパーセグメント２、中心サブチャンネル番号19]のセグメント、中心周波数は(216+1/7)MHzである。この周波数配置は図２７の例ではこの位置に決められている。 The pilot segment is a segment for transmitting a pilot broadcast, and is a 1-segment format segment or a 13-segment format partial reception segment. In the example of FIG. 27 (a), the pilot segment 2701 for real-time broadcasting is the segment of [Super segment 2, center subchannel number 1], the center frequency is (210 + 1/7) MHz, and is used for pushcast broadcasting. Pilot segment 2702 is a segment of [super segment 4, center subchannel number 1], and the center frequency is (216 + 1/7) MHz. In the example of FIG. 27B, the pilot segment 2703 for real-time broadcasting is the segment of [Super segment 2, center subchannel number 1], the center frequency is (213 + 4/7) MHz, and the pilot for pushcast broadcasting The segment 2704 is a segment of [Super segment 2, center subchannel number 19], and the center frequency is (216 + 1/7) MHz. This frequency arrangement is determined at this position in the example of FIG.
　また、図２６のサービスをスーパーセグメントに割り当てる例として、例えば図２７(a)の場合は以下とする。 Further, as an example of assigning the service of FIG. 26 to the super segment, for example, in the case of FIG.
　スーパーセグメント１：タイプＢ(1セグメント5個)にリアルタイム放送２６０３の5個の番組をそれぞれの1セグメント形式に割り当て、例えば、ＴＳ２をニュース、ＴＳ３を天気、ＴＳ４をショッピング、ＴＳ５をスポーツ・プレミアム、ＴＳ６を教育とする。 Super segment 1: Type B (5 segments) is assigned 5 programs of real-time broadcasting 2603 to each 1 segment format, for example, TS2 is news, TS3 is weather, TS4 is shopping, TS5 is sports premium, Let TS6 be an education.
　スーパーセグメント２：タイプＢ(1セグメント1個)にリアルタイム放送用のパイロット放送２６０５をリアルタイム放送用のパイロットセグメントとして割り当て、ＴＳ７とする。 Super segment 2: Pilot broadcast 2605 for real-time broadcasting is assigned to type B (one segment) as a pilot segment for real-time broadcasting, and TS7 is set.
　スーパーセグメント３：タイプＡ(13セグメント1個)に混在放送２６０２を割り当て、ＴＳ１とする。 Super segment 3: Mixed broadcast 2602 is assigned to type A (1 13 segment) and TS1.
　スーパーセグメント４：タイプＢ(1セグメント1個)にプッシュキャスト放送用のパイロット放送２６０４をプッシュキャスト放送用のパイロットセグメントとして割り当て、[ＴＳ８とする。 Super segment 4: Type B (one segment) is assigned a pilot broadcast 2604 for pushcast broadcast as a pilot segment for pushcast broadcast [TS8.
　スーパーセグメント５：タイプＡ(13セグメント1個)にプッシュキャスト放送２６０１を割り当て、ＴＳ９とする。 Super segment 5: Pushcast broadcast 2601 is assigned to type A (one 13 segment) and TS9.
　また、図２７(b)の場合は以下とする。 Also, in the case of FIG.
　スーパーセグメント１：タイプＡ(13セグメント1個)に混在放送２６０２を割り当て、ＴＳ１とする。 Super Segment 1: Type A (1 13 segments) mixed broadcast 2602 is assigned as TS1.
　スーパーセグメント２：タイプＢ(1セグメント7個)にリアルタイム放送２６０３の5個の番組とリアルタイム放送用のパイロット放送２６０５とプッシュキャスト放送用のパイロット放送２６０４をそれぞれの1セグメント形式に割り当て、例えば、ＴＳ２をリアルタイム放送用のパイロット放送２６０５、ＴＳ３をニュース、ＴＳ４を天気、ＴＳ５をショッピング、ＴＳ６をスポーツ・プレミアム、ＴＳ７を教育、ＴＳ８をプッシュキャスト放送用のパイロット放送２６０４とする。 Super segment 2: Type B (7 segments) assigns 5 programs of real-time broadcast 2603, pilot broadcast 2605 for real-time broadcast and pilot broadcast 2604 for push-cast broadcast to each one segment format, for example, TS2 Is a pilot broadcast 2605 for real-time broadcasting, TS3 is news, TS4 is weather, TS5 is shopping, TS6 is a sports premium, TS7 is education, and TS8 is a pilot broadcast 2604 for pushcast broadcasting.
　スーパーセグメント３：タイプＡ(13セグメント1個)にプッシュキャスト放送２６０１を割り当て、ＴＳ９とする。 Super segment 3: Pushcast broadcast 2601 is assigned to type A (1 13 segments) and is TS9.
　なお、この割り当ては図２のマルチメディア信号発生部２０１で行なわれる。 This assignment is performed by the multimedia signal generation unit 201 in FIG.
　図２８はパイロット放送で伝送されるパイロット情報の一例である番組情報の構成例である。図１８との違いは番組情報を（１）リアルタイム放送情報と（２）プッシュキャスト放送情報とに分け、それぞれリアルタイム放送用のパイロット放送、プッシュキャスト放送用のパイロット放送で伝送することである。また、図２８の例では（３）パイロット放送情報を設け、リアルタイム放送用のパイロット放送、プッシュキャスト放送用のパイロット放送で伝送し、それぞれがリアルタイム放送用のパイロット放送かプッシュキャスト放送用のパイロット信号かを示す。 FIG. 28 is a configuration example of program information which is an example of pilot information transmitted by pilot broadcasting. The difference from FIG. 18 is that the program information is divided into (1) real-time broadcast information and (2) pushcast broadcast information, which are transmitted in real-time broadcast pilot broadcast and pushcast broadcast pilot broadcast, respectively. In the example of FIG. 28, (3) pilot broadcast information is provided and transmitted in a pilot broadcast for real-time broadcast and a pilot broadcast for pushcast broadcast, each of which is a pilot broadcast for real-time broadcast or a pilot signal for pushcast broadcast Indicate.
　図２７、図２８の例ではリアルタイム放送用とプッシュキャスト放送用の番組情報が分かれているため、受信側ではそのとき選択した必要な放送の情報だけを得ることが出来、情報を得て図２５で示したサービス表を構築して表示するまでの時間を短縮することが出来る効果がある。また、パイロット放送情報を設けることで、今選択している情報がリアルタイム放送用なのかプッシュキャスト放送用なのかをＢ／Ｅ部１９２５で確認できる効果がある。 In the examples of FIGS. 27 and 28, the program information for real-time broadcasting and pushcast broadcasting is separated, so that only the necessary broadcast information selected at that time can be obtained on the receiving side. This has the effect of shortening the time required to construct and display the service table shown in. Also, providing pilot broadcast information has an effect that the B / E unit 1925 can confirm whether the currently selected information is for real-time broadcast or pushcast broadcast.
　また、図２７のセグメント配置では、プッシュキャスト放送とプッシュキャスト放送用のパイロット放送、混在放送とリアルタイム放送用のパイロット放送、リアルタイム放送とリアルタイム放送用のパイロット放送、さらに、図２７(a)においては混在放送とプッシュキャスト放送用のパイロット放送が、それぞれ隣に配置されているため、受信側でそれぞれのサービスの放送とパイロット放送を一括して受信しやすいという効果がある。 In the segment arrangement of FIG. 27, pushcast broadcast and pilot broadcast for pushcast broadcast, mixed broadcast and pilot broadcast for real-time broadcast, real-time broadcast and pilot broadcast for real-time broadcast, and in FIG. Since the mixed broadcast and the pilot broadcast for pushcast broadcast are arranged next to each other, there is an effect that it is easy for the reception side to easily receive the broadcast of each service and the pilot broadcast.
　図２９に本発明に係る実施形態４におけるデジタル放送受信装置１９２６の受信動作を示すフローチャートである。 FIG. 29 is a flowchart showing a receiving operation of the digital broadcast receiving device 1926 in the fourth embodiment according to the present invention.
　図２６、図２７、図２８のパイロット放送、パイロットセグメント、パイロット情報の場合の受信動作を図１９、図２９を用い説明する。図２３と同一符号は同一機能を表す。 The reception operation in the case of the pilot broadcast, pilot segment, and pilot information shown in FIGS. 26, 27, and 28 will be described with reference to FIGS. The same reference numerals as those in FIG. 23 represent the same functions.
　ステップ２９０１で受信動作を開始する。受信動作はＣＰＵ１９２２がシステムバス１９２１を介して各ブロックを制御する。 In step 2901, the reception operation is started. In the reception operation, the CPU 1922 controls each block via the system bus 1921.
　ステップ２９０６でまずリアルタイム放送、プッシュキャスト放送、ダウンロード済みを選択する。 In step 2906, first, real-time broadcasting, pushcast broadcasting, and downloaded are selected.
　ダウンロード済みを選択した場合は図２５(c)のすでにダウンロードしたコンテンツが表示され、ステップ２３１３で再生選択し、ステップ２３１４で出力される。 When “downloaded” is selected, the already downloaded content shown in FIG. 25C is displayed, selected for reproduction in step 2313, and output in step 2314.
　リアルタイム放送またはプッシュキャスト放送を選択した場合は、リアルタイム放送の場合はステップ２９０２ａ、２９０３ａ、２９０４ａ、２９０５ａ、２３０６、２３０７、２３０８を、プッシュキャスト放送の場合はステップ２９０２ｂ、２９０３ｂ、２９０４ｂ、２９０５ｂ、２３０９、２３１０を選択する。 When real-time broadcasting or pushcast broadcasting is selected, steps 2902a, 2903a, 2904a, 2905a, 2306, 2307, 2308 are performed for real-time broadcasting, and steps 2902b, 2903b, 2904b, 2905b, 2309, 2309, for push-cast broadcasting. 2310 is selected.
　まず、リアルタイム放送を選択した場合を説明する。 First, the case where real-time broadcasting is selected will be described.
　ステップ２９０２ａでまず決められた周波数位置にあるリアルタイム放送用のパイロットセグメント２７０１または２７０３を選局部１９０２は選局する。リアルタイム放送用のパイロットセグメントであることはパイロット放送情報で確認できる。 In step 2902a, the channel selection unit 1902 selects the pilot segment 2701 or 2703 for real-time broadcasting at the frequency position determined first. It can be confirmed from the pilot broadcast information that the pilot segment is for real-time broadcasting.
　ステップ２９０３ａでＦ／Ｅ部１９２４によりＴＳを復調し、デスクランブル１部１９２８および、デマックス部１９０９により図２８のリアルタイム放送用のパイロット情報であるリアルタイム放送情報を抽出し、システムデコード部１９１５によりデコードする。 In step 2903a, the F / E unit 1924 demodulates the TS, the descramble 1 unit 1928 and the demax unit 1909 extract the real-time broadcast information which is the pilot information for the real-time broadcast of FIG. .
　ステップ２９０４ａで抽出したリアルタイム放送情報からリアルタイム放送用のサービス選局表を作成し、記憶する。 Create a service channel selection table for real-time broadcasting from the real-time broadcast information extracted in step 2904a and store it.
　図３０(a)にリアルタイム放送用のサービス選局表の一例を示す。事業者識別、日時、番組種別で整理され、リアルタイム放送の番組別にそれぞれ選局周波数とスーパセグメント種類が割り当てられる。選局周波数は中心サブチャンネルの中心周波数である。また、スーパセグメント種類がタイプＡ(13セグメント形式)の場合は、番組やコンテンツが部分受信階層にあるかどうかが示される("○"：部分受信階層、"×"：部分受信以外の階層)。 Fig. 30 (a) shows an example of a service channel selection table for real-time broadcasting. They are organized by operator identification, date / time, and program type, and a tuning frequency and a super segment type are assigned to each program of real-time broadcasting. The channel selection frequency is the center frequency of the center subchannel. When the super segment type is type A (13-segment format), it is indicated whether or not the program or content is in the partial reception layer ("○": partial reception layer, "x": layer other than partial reception). .
　ステップ２９０５ａでリアルタイム放送のサービス表が表示される。 In step 2905a, a real-time broadcast service table is displayed.
　図２５(a)にリアルタイム放送用のサービス表の一例を示す。以下は図２３で説明したとおりである。 Fig. 25 (a) shows an example of a service table for real-time broadcasting. The following is as described in FIG.
　次に、プッシュキャスト放送を選択した場合を説明する。 Next, the case where push cast broadcasting is selected will be described.
　ステップ２９０２ｂでまず決められた周波数位置にあるプッシュキャスト放送用のパイロットセグメント２７０２または２７０４を選局部１９０２は選局する。プッシュキャスト放送用のパイロットセグメントであることはパイロット放送情報で確認できる。 In step 2902b, the channel selection unit 1902 selects the pilot segment 2702 or 2704 for pushcast broadcasting at the frequency position first determined. It can be confirmed from the pilot broadcast information that the pilot segment is for push cast broadcasting.
　ステップ２９０３ｂでＦ／Ｅ部１９２４によりＴＳを復調し、デスクランブル１部１９２８および、デマックス部１９０９により図２８のプッシュキャスト放送用のパイロット情報であるプッシュキャスト放送情報を抽出し、システムデコード部１９１５によりデコードする。 In step 2903b, the F / E unit 1924 demodulates the TS, the descramble 1 unit 1928 and the demax unit 1909 extract pushcast broadcast information which is pilot information for pushcast broadcast in FIG. 28, and the system decode unit 1915 Decode.
　ステップ２９０４ａで抽出したプッシュキャスト放送情報からプッシュキャスト放送用のサービス選局表を作成し、記憶する。 Create a service channel list for pushcast broadcast from the pushcast broadcast information extracted in step 2904a and store it.
　図３０(b)にプッシュキャスト放送用のサービス選局表の一例を示す。事業者識別、日時、番組種別で整理され、プッシュキャスト放送のコンテンツ別にそれぞれ選局周波数とスーパセグメント種類が割り当てられる。選局周波数は中心サブチャンネルの中心周波数である。また、スーパセグメント種類がタイプＡ(13セグメント形式)の場合は、番組やコンテンツが部分受信階層にあるかどうかが示される("○"：部分受信階層、"×"：部分受信以外の階層)。 Fig. 30 (b) shows an example of a service channel selection table for pushcast broadcasting. They are organized by operator identification, date / time, and program type, and a tuning frequency and a super segment type are assigned to each pushcast broadcast content. The channel selection frequency is the center frequency of the center subchannel. When the super segment type is type A (13-segment format), it is indicated whether or not the program or content is in the partial reception layer ("○": partial reception layer, "x": layer other than partial reception). .
　ステップ２９０５ｂでプッシュキャスト放送のサービス表が表示される。 In step 2905b, a pushcast service table is displayed.
　図２５(b)にプッシュキャスト放送のサービス表の一例を示す。以下は図２３で説明したとおりである。 Fig. 25 (b) shows an example of a service table for pushcast broadcasting. The following is as described in FIG.
　以上、図２９、３０のデジタル放送受信方法によれば、デジタル放送送信信号のセグメント構成を意識することなく受信することができる効果がある。また、リアルタイム放送用とプッシュキャスト放送用の番組情報が分かれているため、そのとき選択した必要な放送の情報だけを得ることが出来、情報を得て図２５で示したサービス表を構築して表示するまでの時間を短縮することが出来る効果がある。また、パイロット放送情報を設けることで、今選択している情報がリアルタイム放送用なのかプッシュキャスト放送用なのかをＢ／Ｅ部１９２５で確認できる効果がある。 As described above, according to the digital broadcast receiving method of FIGS. 29 and 30, there is an effect that the digital broadcast transmission signal can be received without being aware of the segment configuration. Also, since the program information for real-time broadcasting and pushcast broadcasting is separated, only the necessary broadcast information selected at that time can be obtained, and the service table shown in FIG. 25 is constructed by obtaining the information. This has the effect of shortening the time until display. Also, providing pilot broadcast information has an effect that the B / E unit 1925 can confirm whether the currently selected information is for real-time broadcast or pushcast broadcast.
　また、２９０２ａ、ｂでパイロットセグメントを選局するときに、プッシュキャスト放送とプッシュキャスト放送用のパイロット放送、混在放送とリアルタイム放送用のパイロット放送、リアルタイム放送とリアルタイム放送用のパイロット放送、さらに、図２７(a)においては混在放送とプッシュキャスト放送用のパイロット放送が、それぞれ隣に配置されているため、受信側でそれぞれのサービスの放送とパイロット放送を一括して受信すれば、ステップ２３０７での選局やダウンロード時の選局の時間を短縮できる効果がある。 Further, when selecting a pilot segment at 2902a and b, pilot broadcast for pushcast broadcast and pushcast broadcast, pilot broadcast for mixed broadcast and real-time broadcast, pilot broadcast for real-time broadcast and real-time broadcast, In 27 (a), the mixed broadcast and the pushcast broadcast pilot broadcast are arranged next to each other. Therefore, if the reception side receives the broadcast of each service and the pilot broadcast together, There is an effect that it is possible to shorten the tuning time at the time of tuning or downloading.
　図３１は本発明に係る実施形態５におけるデジタル放送送信装置が送信するデジタル放送送信信号のサービス構成の一実施例を示す説明図である。 FIG. 31 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of a service configuration of a digital broadcast transmission signal transmitted by the digital broadcast transmission apparatus according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention.
　３１０１、３１０２、３１０３はプッシュキャスト放送やリアルタイム放送、また、それらの放送のパイロット情報を有するパイロット放送で構成された放送サービス群である。図１６との差は、プッシュキャスト放送、混在放送、リアルタイム放送という切り分けではなく、基本的に混在放送を行なう放送サービス群とし、その放送サービス群にパイロット放送を設け、パイロット放送はそのサービス群の中だけの放送のパイロット情報を有することである。 3101, 3102 and 3103 are broadcast service groups composed of pushcast broadcasts, real-time broadcasts, and pilot broadcasts having pilot information of those broadcasts. The difference from FIG. 16 is that the broadcast service group that basically performs mixed broadcast is not divided into pushcast broadcast, mixed broadcast, and real-time broadcast, and the pilot service is provided in the broadcast service group. It only has pilot information for broadcasting inside.
　図３２は本発明のデジタル放送送信装置が送信するデジタル放送送信信号のセグメント構成の一実施例を示す説明図である。図２７は図４(b)で説明したセグメント構成例であり、３２０１は放送サービス群３１０１のパイロットセグメント、３２０２は放送サービス群３１０３のパイロットセグメント、３２０３は放送サービス群３１０２のパイロットセグメントである。 FIG. 32 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of a segment configuration of a digital broadcast transmission signal transmitted by the digital broadcast transmission apparatus of the present invention. FIG. 27 shows the segment configuration example described with reference to FIG. 4B, where 3201 is a pilot segment of the broadcast service group 3101, 3202 is a pilot segment of the broadcast service group 3103, and 3203 is a pilot segment of the broadcast service group 3102.
　パイロットセグメントはパイロット放送を伝送するセグメントであり、1セグメント形式のセグメント、または13セグメント形式の部分受信セグメントとする。図３２の例で、放送サービス群３１０１のパイロットセグメント３２０１は[スーパーセグメント１、中心サブチャンネル番号22]の13セグメント形式の部分受信セグメント、中心周波数は(210+4/7)MHzであり、放送サービス群３１０３のパイロットセグメント３２０２は[スーパーセグメント２、中心サブチャンネル番号10]のセグメント、中心周波数は(214+6/7)MHzであり、放送サービス群３１０２のパイロットセグメント３２０３は[スーパーセグメント３、中心サブチャンネル番号22]の13セグメント形式の部分受信セグメント、中心周波数は(219+1/7)MHzである。この周波数配置は図３２の例ではこの位置に決められている。 The pilot segment is a segment for transmitting a pilot broadcast, and is a 1-segment format segment or a 13-segment format partial reception segment. In the example of FIG. 32, the pilot segment 3201 of the broadcast service group 3101 is a 13-segment partial reception segment of [super segment 1, center subchannel number 22], the center frequency is (210 + 4/7) MHz, The pilot segment 3202 of the service group 3103 is a segment of [super segment 2, center subchannel number 10], the center frequency is (214 + 6/7) MHz, and the pilot segment 3203 of the broadcast service group 3102 is [super segment 3, The partial reception segment of the 13-segment format of the center subchannel number 22], the center frequency is (219 + 1/7) MHz. This frequency arrangement is determined at this position in the example of FIG.
　また、図３１のサービスを図３２のスーパーセグメントに割り当てる例を以下とする。 Further, an example in which the service of FIG. 31 is allocated to the super segment of FIG. 32 is as follows.
　スーパーセグメント１：タイプＡ(13セグメント1個)に放送サービス群３１０１を割り当て、ＴＳ１とする。 Suppose that broadcasting segment 3101 is assigned to super segment 1: type A (one 13 segment) and is TS1.
　スーパーセグメント２：タイプＢ(1セグメント7個)に放送サービス群３１０３をそれぞれの1セグメント形式に割り当て、ＴＳ２をニュース(リアルタイム放送)、ＴＳ３を天気(リアルタイム放送)、ＴＳ４をスポーツ(リアルタイム放送)、ＴＳ５をパイロット放送、ＴＳ６を教育(リアルタイム放送)、ＴＳ７をショッピング(プッシュキャスト放送)、ＴＳ８をプレミアム(プッシュキャスト放送)とする。 Super segment 2: Broadcast service group 3103 is assigned to each type of segment B for type B (7 segments), TS2 is news (real-time broadcast), TS3 is weather (real-time broadcast), TS4 is sports (real-time broadcast), TS5 is pilot broadcasting, TS6 is education (real-time broadcasting), TS7 is shopping (pushcast broadcasting), and TS8 is premium (pushcast broadcasting).
　スーパーセグメント３：タイプＡ(13セグメント1個)に放送サービス群３１０２を割り当て、ＴＳ９とする。 Super segment 3: Broadcast service group 3102 is assigned to type A (one 13 segment), and TS9 is set.
　すなわち、それぞれの放送サービス群をスーパーセグメントに割り当てる。なお、この割り当ては図２のマルチメディア信号発生部２０１で行なわれる。 That is, each broadcasting service group is assigned to a super segment. This allocation is performed by the multimedia signal generator 201 in FIG.
　図３３はパイロット放送で伝送されるパイロット情報の一例である番組情報の構成例である。図１８との違いは番組情報を（１）スーパーセグメント１情報、（２）スーパーセグメント２情報、（３）スーパーセグメント３情報とに分け、それぞれのスーパーセグメント内の放送の情報をそれぞれのスーパーセグメント内のパイロット放送で伝送することである。 FIG. 33 is a configuration example of program information which is an example of pilot information transmitted by pilot broadcasting. 18 differs from FIG. 18 in that the program information is divided into (1) super segment 1 information, (2) super segment 2 information, and (3) super segment 3 information, and broadcast information in each super segment is divided into each super segment. It is to be transmitted by pilot broadcasting.
　図３２、図３３の例では放送サービス群をスーパーセグメントに割り当て、スーパーセグメントごとにパイロット放送するパイロットセグメントを設け番組情報を伝送しているため、受信側ではスーパーセグメント単位で番組情報を管理すればいいので、そのとき選択した必要なスーパーセグメントの情報だけを得ることが出来、情報を得て図２５で示したサービス表を構築して表示するまでの時間を短縮することが出来る効果がある。 32 and 33, broadcast service groups are assigned to super segments, pilot programs for pilot broadcasting are provided for each super segment, and program information is transmitted. Therefore, on the receiving side, program information can be managed in units of super segments. Since it is good, it is possible to obtain only the information of the necessary super segment selected at that time, and it is possible to shorten the time until the information is obtained and the service table shown in FIG. 25 is constructed and displayed.
　また、図３２のセグメント配置では、13セグメント形式の受信のできる受信装置ではスーパーセグメント１やスーパーセグメント３のタイプＡのスーパーセグメントを受信することで、また、スーパーセグメント単位の連結している1セグメント形式の受信のできる受信装置ではスーパーセグメント２を一括受信することで、そのスーパーセグメント内のパイロット放送を用いて受信したスーパーセグメント内だけで番組選択できる効果がある。 Further, in the segment arrangement of FIG. 32, a receiving device capable of receiving in the 13-segment format can receive a super segment 1 or super segment 3 type A super segment, and can also connect one segment in a super segment unit. A receiving apparatus capable of receiving a format has an effect of selecting a program only in the super segment received by using the pilot broadcast in the super segment by collectively receiving the super segment 2.
　さらにまた、タイプＡ(13セグメント形式)の部分受信階層にパイロット放送(パイロットセグメント)を配置しているため、1セグメント形式の受信装置でもタイプＡのスーパーセグメントのサービス群のパイロット放送(パイロットセグメント)を受信できる効果がある。 Furthermore, since pilot broadcasts (pilot segments) are arranged in the partial reception layer of type A (13 segment format), even in a 1 segment format receiver, pilot broadcasts (pilot segments) of the type A super segment service group Can be received.
　図３４に本発明に係る実施形態６におけるデジタル放送受信装置１９２６の受信動作を示すフローチャートである。 FIG. 34 is a flowchart showing a receiving operation of the digital broadcast receiving apparatus 1926 in the sixth embodiment according to the present invention.
　図３１、図３２、図３３のパイロット放送、パイロットセグメント、パイロット情報の場合の受信動作を図１９、図３４を用い説明する。図２３と同一符号は同一機能を表す。 The reception operation in the case of the pilot broadcast, pilot segment, and pilot information in FIGS. 31, 32, and 33 will be described with reference to FIGS. The same reference numerals as those in FIG. 23 represent the same functions.
　ステップ３４０１で受信動作を開始する。受信動作はＣＰＵ１９２２がシステムバス１９２１を介して各ブロックを制御する。 In step 3401, the reception operation is started. In the reception operation, the CPU 1922 controls each block via the system bus 1921.
　ステップ３４０６でまずスーパーセグメントを選択する。図３２の例ではスーパーセグメントは3個ある。なおここで、例えば、スーパーセグメントを放送会社に割り当てて、メニューでは放送会社を選択するようにしてもよい。 In step 3406, a super segment is first selected. In the example of FIG. 32, there are three super segments. Here, for example, a super segment may be assigned to a broadcasting company, and the broadcasting company may be selected in the menu.
　スーパーセグメント１、２、３のどれかを選択した後、ステップ３４０２、３４０３、３４０４のそれぞれａ系統、ｂ系統、ｃ系統に割り振られる。これらの動作は同じであるため、１、２、３、そして、ａ、ｂ、ｃの添え字を省いて説明する。 After selecting any one of the super segments 1, 2, and 3, they are allocated to a system, b system, and c system in steps 3402, 3403, and 3404, respectively. Since these operations are the same, the description will be made by omitting the subscripts of 1, 2, 3, and a, b, and c.
　スーパーセグメントを選択した後、ステップ３４０２でまず選択したスーパーセグメントの決められた周波数位置にあるパイロットセグメント(スーパーセグメント１は３２０１、スーパーセグメント２は３２０２、スーパーセグメント３は３２０３)を選局部１９０２は選局する。 After selecting a super segment, the channel selection unit 1902 selects a pilot segment (3201 for super segment 1, 3202 for super segment 2, 3203 for super segment 3) at the predetermined frequency position of the super segment selected in step 3402. Bureau.
　ステップ３４０３でＦ／Ｅ部１９２４によりＴＳを復調し、デスクランブル１部１９２８および、デマックス部１９０９により図３３のパイロット情報であるスーパーセグメント情報を抽出し、システムデコード部１９１５によりデコードする。 In Step 3403, the F / E unit 1924 demodulates the TS, the descramble 1 unit 1928 and the demax unit 1909 extract the super segment information which is pilot information of FIG. 33, and the system decode unit 1915 decodes it.
　ステップ３４０４で抽出したスーパーセグメント情報から各スーパーセグメント用のサービス選局表を作成し、記憶する。 Create a service tuning table for each super segment from the super segment information extracted in step 3404 and store it.
　図３５にサービス選局表の一例を示す。スーパーセグメントごとに事業者識別、放送種別、日時、番組種別で整理され、番組別にそれぞれ選局周波数とスーパセグメント種類が割り当てられる。選局周波数は中心サブチャンネルの中心周波数である。また、スーパセグメント種類がタイプＡ(13セグメント形式)の場合は、番組やコンテンツが部分受信階層にあるかどうかが示される("○"：部分受信階層、"×"：部分受信以外の階層)。 Fig. 35 shows an example of the service tuning table. Each super segment is organized by operator identification, broadcast type, date / time, and program type, and a tuning frequency and a super segment type are assigned to each program. The channel selection frequency is the center frequency of the center subchannel. When the super segment type is type A (13-segment format), it is indicated whether or not the program or content is in the partial reception layer ("○": partial reception layer, "x": layer other than partial reception). .
　ステップ３４０５でリアルタイム放送、プッシュキャスト放送、ダウンロード済みのサービス表が表示される。一般的にリアルタイム放送のサービス表が優先的に表示され、プッシュキャスト放送やダウンロード済みのサービス表はメニューなどでユーザが選択する。 In step 3405, real-time broadcast, pushcast broadcast, and downloaded service table are displayed. In general, a real-time broadcast service table is preferentially displayed, and a user selects a pushcast broadcast or a downloaded service table using a menu or the like.
　図２５にサービス表の一例を示す。図２５(a)はリアルタイム放送、図２５(b)はプッシュキャスト放送、図２５(c)はダウンロード済みの場合の例である。以下は図２３で説明したとおりである。 FIG. 25 shows an example of a service table. FIG. 25A shows an example of real-time broadcasting, FIG. 25B shows an example of pushcast broadcasting, and FIG. The following is as described in FIG.
　以上、図３４、３５のデジタル放送受信方法によれば、デジタル放送送信信号のセグメント構成を意識することなく受信することができる効果がある。また、放送サービス群をスーパーセグメントに割り当て、スーパーセグメントごとにパイロット放送するパイロットセグメントを設け番組情報を伝送しているため、スーパーセグメント単位で番組情報を管理すればいいので、そのとき選択した必要なスーパーセグメントの情報だけを得ることが出来、情報を得て図２５で示したサービス表を構築して表示するまでの時間を短縮することが出来る効果がある。 As described above, according to the digital broadcast receiving method of FIGS. 34 and 35, there is an effect that the digital broadcast transmission signal can be received without being aware of the segment configuration. In addition, since broadcasting service groups are assigned to super segments and pilot segments are provided for each super segment to transmit program information, program information can be managed in units of super segments. Only the information of the super segment can be obtained, and there is an effect that it is possible to shorten the time from obtaining the information to constructing and displaying the service table shown in FIG.
　また、図３２のセグメント配置では、13セグメント形式の受信のできる受信装置ではスーパーセグメント１やスーパーセグメント３のタイプＡのスーパーセグメントを受信することで、また、スーパーセグメント単位の連結している1セグメント形式の受信のできる受信装置ではスーパーセグメント２を一括受信することで、そのスーパーセグメント内のパイロット放送を用いて受信したスーパーセグメント内だけで番組選択できる効果がある。 Further, in the segment arrangement of FIG. 32, a receiving device capable of receiving in the 13-segment format can receive a super segment 1 or super segment 3 type A super segment, and can also connect one segment in a super segment unit. A receiving apparatus capable of receiving a format has an effect of selecting a program only in the super segment received by using the pilot broadcast in the super segment by collectively receiving the super segment 2.
　さらにまた、タイプＡ(13セグメント形式)の部分受信階層にパイロット放送(パイロットセグメント)を配置しているため、1セグメント形式の受信装置でもタイプＡのスーパーセグメントのサービス群のパイロット放送(パイロットセグメント)を受信できる効果がある。 Furthermore, since pilot broadcasts (pilot segments) are arranged in the partial reception layer of type A (13 segment format), even in a 1 segment format receiver, pilot broadcasts (pilot segments) of the type A super segment service group Can be received.
　図３６は本発明に係る実施形態７におけるデジタル放送送信装置が送信するデジタル放送送信信号のパイロット情報の一実施例を示す説明図である。 FIG. 36 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of pilot information of a digital broadcast transmission signal transmitted by the digital broadcast transmission apparatus according to the seventh embodiment of the present invention.
　図３６のパイロット情報は、図１８(b)の番組情報に加えバージョン情報を設けていることが特徴である。バージョン情報はパイロットバージョン番号と次回更新予定日時からなる。 36 is characterized in that version information is provided in addition to the program information of FIG. 18B. The version information consists of a pilot version number and the next scheduled update date and time.
　パイロットバージョン番号はパイロット情報に何らかの変更を加えたときに番号を一つ増加させる。フルスケールに達したその次は０に戻す。 The pilot version number is incremented by one when any change is made to the pilot information. The next time it reaches full scale, it returns to zero.
　次回更新予定日時は、次にパイロット情報を変更するであろう予定の日時を示す。 The next scheduled update date and time indicates the date and time when the pilot information will be changed next.
　次に、ＴＳ伝送システム情報について説明する。この情報はパイロット放送以外の他の放送のＴＳで伝送されており、図３６の例ではこの情報の中にパイロットバージョン情報をを設ける。パイロットバージョン情報はパイロット情報のバージョン情報と同じ内容である。 Next, TS transmission system information will be described. This information is transmitted in a TS of a broadcast other than the pilot broadcast. In the example of FIG. 36, pilot version information is provided in this information. The pilot version information has the same contents as the version information of the pilot information.
　図３６のパイロット情報の例によれば、バージョン情報を設けたことで受信側でパイロット情報のバージョン管理を行なうことができる効果がある。また、次回更新予定日時を設けることで次回更新に対して受信機が準備できる効果がある。さらにまた、パイロット放送以外の他の放送のＴＳにもＴＳ伝送システム情報としてパイロットバージョン情報を設けているので、パイロット放送を受信していなくて他のパイロット放送以外のリアルタイム放送やプッシュキャスト放送を受信している場合に、その受信しているＴＳからパイロット放送のバージョン情報を入手することができる効果がある。 36, there is an effect that the version information of the pilot information can be managed on the receiving side by providing the version information. Further, providing the next update scheduled date and time has an effect that the receiver can prepare for the next update. Furthermore, since pilot version information is provided as TS transmission system information in TS of other broadcasts other than pilot broadcasts, real-time broadcasts and push cast broadcasts other than pilot broadcasts are not received. In this case, the pilot broadcast version information can be obtained from the received TS.
　なお、本実施例ではバージョン情報に関して図１８(b)のパイロット信号に対して追加したが、図１８(a)(c)、図２８(a)(b)(c)、図３３のパイロット情報に対して追加してもよい。 In this embodiment, version information is added to the pilot signal of FIG. 18 (b), but the pilot information of FIGS. 18 (a) (c), 28 (a) (b) (c), and FIG. May be added to
　図３７に本発明に係る実施形態８におけるデジタル放送受信装置１９２６の受信動作を示すフローチャートである。 FIG. 37 is a flowchart showing a receiving operation of the digital broadcast receiving apparatus 1926 in the eighth embodiment according to the present invention.
　図３６のパイロット情報の場合の受信動作を図１９、図３７を用い説明する。図２３と同一符号は同一機能を表す。 36 will be described with reference to FIGS. 19 and 37. FIG. The same reference numerals as those in FIG. 23 represent the same functions.
　ステップ３７０１で受信動作を開始する。受信動作はＣＰＵ１９２２がシステムバス１９２１を介して各ブロックを制御する。 In step 3701, the reception operation is started. In the reception operation, the CPU 1922 controls each block via the system bus 1921.
　ステップ３７０２でデジタル放送受信装置１９２６にパイロット情報のバージョン情報が入手できているかの確認を行なう。 In step 3702, the digital broadcast receiving apparatus 1926 confirms whether the version information of the pilot information is available.
　パイロット情報のバージョン情報が入手できている場合は、ステップ３７０３でパイロット情報のバージョン情報とＴＳ伝送システム情報のパイロットバージョン情報のそれぞれのパイロットバージョン番号を比較する。パイロットバージョン番号が同じ場合、ステップ３７０４で更新予定日を確認する。更新予定日前の場合、サービス選局表は以前作成したものと同じと判断し、ステップ２３０５でサービス表を表示する。 If the version information of the pilot information is available, the pilot version numbers of the pilot information and the pilot version information of the TS transmission system information are compared in step 3703. If the pilot version numbers are the same, the scheduled update date is confirmed in step 3704. If it is before the scheduled update date, it is determined that the service channel list is the same as that previously created, and the service table is displayed in step 2305.
　ステップ３７０２でバージョン情報が入手できていない場合は、デジタル放送受信装置１９２６を最初に立ち上げた場合、システムリセットがかけられた場合などが考えられ、この場合はサービス選局表がまだ作成されていないため、ステップ２３０２以降、サービス選局表の作成を行なう。 If the version information is not available in step 3702, the digital broadcast receiving device 1926 is first started up, the system is reset, etc. In this case, the service tuning table has not yet been created. Therefore, the service tuning table is created after step 2302.
　ステップ３７０３でＴＳ伝送システム情報のパイロットバージョン情報のそパイロットバージョン番号がパイロット情報のバージョン情報のパイロットバージョン番号よりも更新されている場合、パイロット情報が更新されているためサービス選局表も更新する必要があり、ステップ２３０２以降、サービス選局表の更新を行なう。 If the pilot version number of the pilot version information of the TS transmission system information is updated more than the pilot version number of the version information of the pilot information in step 3703, the pilot information is updated, so the service channel selection table needs to be updated. After step 2302, the service tuning table is updated.
　ステップ３７０４で更新予定日以後の場合、パイロット情報が更新されているためサービス選局表も更新する必要があり、ステップ２３０２以降、サービス選局表の更新を行なう。 If the update date is after the scheduled update date in step 3704, the service tuning table needs to be updated because the pilot information has been updated, and after step 2302, the service tuning table is updated.
　ステップ２３０２、ステップ２３０３の動作は図２３で説明したとおりである。ステップ２３０３でパイロット情報としてバージョン情報も抽出しており、ステップ３７０５でバージョン情報を記憶する。そのあと、ステップ２３０４でサービス選局表を作成または更新し、記憶する。そして、ステップ２３０５でサービス表を表示する。 The operations in Step 2302 and Step 2303 are as described in FIG. In step 2303, version information is also extracted as pilot information. In step 3705, version information is stored. Thereafter, in step 2304, a service channel selection table is created or updated and stored. In step 2305, the service table is displayed.
　ステップ２３０５でリアルタイム放送を選択した場合のステップ２３０６、２３０７、２３０８、プッシュキャスト放送を選択した場合のステップ２３０９、２３１０、２３１１、２３１２、ダウンロード済みを選択した場合のステップ２３１３、２３１４のそれぞれの動作は、図２３で説明したとおりである。 Steps 2306, 2307, and 2308 when real-time broadcasting is selected in Step 2305, Steps 2309, 2310, 2311, and 2312 when Pushcast broadcasting is selected, and Steps 2313 and 2314 when Downloaded is selected are as follows. As described in FIG.
　図３７ではリアルタイム放送、プッシュキャスト放送でそれぞれステップ２３０７、２３１１で選局、復調したあと、パイロットバージョン情報を抽出、記憶する処理を行なう。リアルタイム放送はステップ３７０６a、３７０７a、３７０８a、プッシュキャスト放送はステップ３７０６ｂ、３７０７ｂ、３７０８ｂで処理される。それぞれ動作は同じため、添え字ａ、ｂを省略して動作説明する。 In FIG. 37, after selecting and demodulating in steps 2307 and 2311 in real-time broadcasting and pushcast broadcasting, pilot version information is extracted and stored. Real-time broadcasting is processed in steps 3706a, 3707a, 3708a, and pushcast broadcasting is processed in steps 3706b, 3707b, 3708b. Since the operations are the same, the operations will be described with the subscripts a and b omitted.
　ステップ３７０６でステップ２３０７により復調されたＴＳからデスクランブル１部１９２８および、デマックス部１９０９により図３６のＴＳ伝送システム情報からパイロットバージョン情報を抽出し、システムデコード部１９１５によりデコードする。 In step 3706, the pilot version information is extracted from the TS transmission system information of FIG. 36 by the descrambling 1 unit 1928 and the demax unit 1909 from the TS demodulated in step 2307, and decoded by the system decoding unit 1915.
　ステップ３７０７でパイロットバージョン情報のパイロットバージョン番号を確認し、以前記憶していたものと比較して更新されていれば、または、以前の記憶がなければステップ３７０８に進む。 In step 3707, the pilot version number of the pilot version information is confirmed, and if it has been updated as compared with what has been stored previously, or if there is no previous storage, the process proceeds to step 3708.
　ステップ３７０８ではパイロットバージョン情報のパイロットバージョン番号記憶し、ステップ３７０６へ戻る。 In step 3708, the pilot version number of the pilot version information is stored, and the process returns to step 3706.
　ステップ３７０７でパイロットバージョン情報のパイロットバージョン番号を確認し、以前記憶していたものと同じであれば、ステップ３７０６へ戻る。 In step 3707, the pilot version number of the pilot version information is confirmed, and if it is the same as previously stored, the process returns to step 3706.
　こうして、ステップ３７０６、３７０７、３７０８を繰り返して、常にパイロットバージョン情報を最新のものに更新する。 In this way, steps 3706, 3707, and 3708 are repeated to always update the pilot version information to the latest one.
　以上、図３７ののデジタル放送受信方法によれば、デジタル放送送信信号のセグメント構成を意識することなく受信することができる効果がある。また、バージョン情報を用いパイロット情報のバージョン管理を行なうことで、パイロットバージョン番号が同じ(更新されていない)場合で更新予定日時前の場合には速やかにサービス表を表示することができる効果がある。さらにまた、パイロット放送以外の他の放送のＴＳにもＴＳ伝送システム情報としてパイロットバージョン情報を設けているので、パイロット放送を受信していなくて他のパイロット放送以外のリアルタイム放送やプッシュキャスト放送を受信している場合に、その受信しているＴＳからパイロットバージョン情報を入手してパイロット情報の更新確認をすることができる効果がある。 As described above, according to the digital broadcast receiving method of FIG. 37, there is an effect that the digital broadcast transmission signal can be received without being aware of the segment configuration. Also, version management of pilot information using version information has the effect of promptly displaying the service table when the pilot version number is the same (not updated) and before the scheduled update date and time. . Furthermore, since pilot version information is provided as TS transmission system information in TS of other broadcasts other than pilot broadcasts, real-time broadcasts and push cast broadcasts other than pilot broadcasts are not received. In this case, it is possible to obtain the pilot version information from the received TS and confirm the update of the pilot information.
　図３８は本発明に係る実施形態９におけるデジタル放送送信装置が送信するデジタル放送送信信号のセグメント構成の一実施例を示す説明図である。図３８は図４で説明したセグメント構成例であり、図３８において３８０１、３８０２はそれぞれ(a)、(b)のセグメント構成例におけるパイロットセグメントである。 FIG. 38 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of a segment configuration of a digital broadcast transmission signal transmitted by the digital broadcast transmission device according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 38 shows the segment configuration example described with reference to FIG. 4. In FIG. 38, reference numerals 3801 and 3802 denote pilot segments in the segment configuration examples (a) and (b), respectively.
　パイロットセグメントはパイロット放送を伝送するセグメントであり、1セグメント形式のセグメント、または13セグメント形式の部分受信セグメントとする。図３８が図１７のセグメント構成例と異なる点は、図３８(a)と(b)とでパイロットセグメントの周波数配置をそろえた点である。 The pilot segment is a segment for transmitting a pilot broadcast, and is a 1-segment format segment or a 13-segment format partial reception segment. FIG. 38 differs from the segment configuration example of FIG. 17 in that the frequency arrangement of pilot segments is aligned in FIGS. 38 (a) and 38 (b).
　図３８(a)の例で、パイロットセグメント３８０１は[スーパーセグメント４、中心サブチャンネル番号 1]のセグメント、中心周波数は(216+1/7)MHzであり、図３８(b)の例ではパイロットセグメント３８０２は[スーパーセグメント２、中心サブチャンネル番号19]のセグメント、中心周波数は(216+1/7)MHzであり、図３８(a)と(b)とでパイロットセグメントの周波数配置は同じである。この周波数配置は図３８の例ではこの位置に決められている。 In the example of FIG. 38 (a), the pilot segment 3801 is a segment of [super segment 4, center subchannel number 1], the center frequency is (216 + 1/7) MHz, and in the example of FIG. The segment 3802 is a segment of [Super segment 2, center subchannel number 19], the center frequency is (216 + 1/7) MHz, and the pilot segment frequency arrangement is the same in FIGS. 38 (a) and (b). is there. This frequency arrangement is determined at this position in the example of FIG.
　また、図１６のサービスをスーパーセグメントに割り当てる例として、例えば図３８(a)の場合は以下とする。 Further, as an example of assigning the service of FIG. 16 to the super segment, for example, in the case of FIG.
　スーパーセグメント１：タイプＢ(1セグメント5個)にリアルタイム放送１６０３の5個の番組をそれぞれの1セグメント形式に割り当て、ＴＳ２をニュース、ＴＳ３を天気、ＴＳ４をショッピング、ＴＳ５をスポーツ、ＴＳ６を教育とする。 Super Segment 1: Type B (5 segments) is assigned 5 programs of real-time broadcasting 1603 to each segment format, TS2 is news, TS3 is weather, TS4 is shopping, TS5 is sports, TS6 is education To do.
　スーパーセグメント２：タイプＢ(1セグメント1個)にリアルタイム放送１６０３の1個の番組を1セグメント形式に割り当て、ＴＳ７をプレミアムとする。 Super segment 2: One program of real-time broadcast 1603 is assigned to type B (one segment) to one segment format, and TS7 is made premium.
　スーパーセグメント３：タイプＡ(13セグメント1個)にプッシュキャスト放送１６０１を割り当て、ＴＳ１とする。 Super segment 3: Pushcast broadcast 1601 is assigned to type A (1 13 segments) and TS1.
　スーパーセグメント４：タイプＢ(1セグメント1個)にパイロット放送１６０４をパイロットセグメントとして割り当て、ＴＳ８とする。 Super segment 4: Pilot broadcast 1604 is assigned to type B (one segment) as a pilot segment, and TS8 is set.
　スーパーセグメント５：タイプＡ(13セグメント1個)に混在放送１６０２を割り当て、ＴＳ９とする。 Super segment 5: Mixed broadcast 1602 is assigned to type A (one 13 segment), and TS9 is set.
　また図３８(b)の場合は以下とする。 In the case of FIG.
　スーパーセグメント１：タイプＡ(13セグメント1個)にプッシュキャスト放送１６０１を割り当て、ＴＳ１とする。 Super segment 1: Type A (1 13 segments) is assigned pushcast broadcast 1601 to TS1.
　スーパーセグメント２：タイプＢ(1セグメント7個)にリアルタイム放送１６０３の6個の番組と、パイロットセグメントとしてパイロット放送１６０４をそれぞれ1セグメント形式に割り当て、ＴＳ２をニュース、ＴＳ３を天気、ＴＳ４をショッピング、ＴＳ５をスポーツ、ＴＳ６を教育、ＴＳ７をプレミアム、ＴＳ８をパイロット放送１６０４とする。 Super segment 2: Type B (seven segments) type 6 (real-time broadcasting 1603) and pilot broadcasting 1604 as pilot segments are assigned to one segment format, TS2 is news, TS3 is weather, TS4 is shopping, TS5 Are sports, TS6 is education, TS7 is premium, and TS8 is pilot broadcasting 1604.
　スーパーセグメント３：タイプＡ(13セグメント1個)に混在放送１６０２を割り当て、ＴＳ９とする。 Super segment 3: Mixed broadcast 1602 is assigned to type A (one 13 segment) and TS9.
　以上のように図３８(a)と(b)の場合においてＴＳレベルでの放送を同じにする。なお、この割り当ては図２のマルチメディア信号発生部２０１で行なわれる。 As described above, broadcasting at the TS level is made the same in the cases of FIGS. 38 (a) and (b). This allocation is performed by the multimedia signal generator 201 in FIG.
　図３８(a)の例では1セグメント形式１個のタイプＢスーパーセグメントをパイロットセグメントとし、図１７(b)の例では1セグメント形式7個連結のタイプＢスーパーセグメントのなかの一つのセグメントをパイロットセグメントとしている。したがって、図３８(a)の例ではスーパーセグメント単位に処理を行う場合に適しており、図３８(b)の例ではＴＳ単位で処理を行う場合に適している特徴がある。 In the example of FIG. 38 (a), one type B super segment of one segment type is used as a pilot segment, and in the example of FIG. 17 (b), one segment of seven type B super segments connected in one segment type is used as a pilot. It is a segment. Therefore, the example of FIG. 38 (a) is suitable when processing is performed in units of super segments, and the example of FIG. 38 (b) is suitable when processing is performed in units of TS.
　図３９はパイロット放送で伝送されるパイロット情報の一例である。 FIG. 39 is an example of pilot information transmitted by pilot broadcasting.
　物理チャンネル情報は、物理チャンネル１、２、３の３つの物理チャンネルの周波数を定義する。物理チャンネルの周波数は開始周波数～終了周波数で示してもいいし、物理チャンネル帯域幅が6MHzと決まっているので、開始、終了、中央の周波数で定義してもよい。なお、物理チャンネルの周波数位置は、一部帯域を重複して定義される場合もあり得る。この場合、重なり部分の周波数帯幅は6/14MHzの整数倍となる。 Physical channel information defines the frequencies of three physical channels, physical channels 1, 2, and 3. The frequency of the physical channel may be indicated by a start frequency to an end frequency, and since the physical channel bandwidth is determined to be 6 MHz, it may be defined by the start, end, and center frequencies. Note that the frequency position of the physical channel may be defined by overlapping some bands. In this case, the frequency bandwidth of the overlapping portion is an integral multiple of 6/14 MHz.
　スーパーセグメント情報は、スーパーセグメント番号とスーパーセグメント構成を結びつける。スーパーセグメント種類｛タイプＡ(13セグメント)、タイプＢ(1セグメント)｝、連結数、物理チャンネル番号｛１、２、３｝、中心サブチャンネル番号｛０～４１｝(１３セグメントの場合は１３セグメントの中心セグメントの値)を示すことで、スーパーセグメント構成とその周波数配置が決定される。 The super segment information links the super segment number and the super segment configuration. Super segment type {type A (13 segments), type B (1 segment)}, number of connections, physical channel numbers {1, 2, 3}, central subchannel number {0 to 41} (13 segments for 13 segments) By indicating the value of the central segment), the super segment configuration and its frequency arrangement are determined.
　ＴＳ情報はＴＳ番号(図２参照)とスーパーセグメント構成を結びつける。スーパーセグメント番号、スーパーセグメント種類、中心サブチャンネル番号がわかれば、ＴＳ番号の伝送セグメントが確定でき、その結果伝送周波数配置がわかる。 TS information associates TS number (see Fig. 2) and super segment structure. If the super segment number, super segment type, and center subchannel number are known, the transmission segment of the TS number can be determined, and as a result, the transmission frequency arrangement can be known.
　図４０(a)に図３８(a)の、図４０(b)に図３８(b)の物理チャンネル情報、スーパーセグメント情報、ＴＳ情報を示す。 FIG. 40 (a) shows the physical channel information, super segment information, and TS information of FIG. 38 (a) and FIG. 40 (b).
　図３８のパイロット放送であるパイロットセグメントの周波数配置および図３９のパイロット放送で伝送されるパイロット情報とすれば、図３８(a)と(b)でパイロットセグメントの周波数配置が同じであるため、決められた周波数配置のパイロットセグメントをまず選局して復調することにより、図３９のパイロット情報でスーパーセグメント構成を認識することができ、そのため、図３８(a)のスーパーセグメント単位に処理を行う場合に適しているスーパーセグメント構成から図３８(b)のＴＳ単位で処理を行う場合に適しているスーパーセグメント構成へ、また、図３８(b)のＴＳ単位で処理を行う場合に適しているスーパーセグメント構成から図３８(a)のスーパーセグメント単位に処理を行う場合に適しているスーパーセグメント構成へ、いつでも変更することができる効果がある。 If the frequency arrangement of the pilot segments which are the pilot broadcasts in FIG. 38 and the pilot information transmitted in the pilot broadcasts in FIG. 39 are the same, the frequency arrangements of the pilot segments are the same in FIGS. 39. First, a pilot segment having a frequency arrangement is selected and demodulated, whereby the super segment configuration can be recognized from the pilot information shown in FIG. 39. Therefore, when processing is performed in units of super segments shown in FIG. To a super segment configuration suitable for processing in units of TS in FIG. 38 (b), and a super segment configuration suitable for processing in units of TS in FIG. 38 (b). From the segment configuration to the super segment configuration suitable for processing in units of super segments in FIG. One even there is an effect that can be changed.
　本実施例では、メタデータを用いて番組放送中に番組の視聴情報を収集し、収集した視聴情報を用いて算出した視聴率情報を配信するシステムについて説明する。 In the present embodiment, a system for collecting viewing information of a program during broadcast using metadata and distributing audience rating information calculated using the collected viewing information will be described.
　図４１は、本発明に係る実施形態１０におけるデジタル放送配信のシステム構成を示すブロック図である。図４１において図１と同一または相当部分は同一符号で示し、説明を省略する。４１０１はコンテンツ送出装置、４１０６は受信装置、４１１１は視聴率情報集計装置である。 FIG. 41 is a block diagram showing a system configuration of digital broadcast distribution in the tenth embodiment according to the present invention. In FIG. 41, the same or corresponding parts as those in FIG. Reference numeral 4101 denotes a content sending device, 4106 denotes a receiving device, and 4111 denotes an audience rating information totaling device.
　コンテンツ送出装置４１０１はデジタル放送としてコンテンツを送出するデジタル放送送信装置である。リアルタイム放送のコンテンツを送出するときに、送信コンテンツのメタデータとして視聴情報要素（ＡｕｄｉｅｎｃｅＲａｔｉｎｇ）を多重化して送出する。受信装置４１０６はデジタル放送を受信するデジタル放送受信装置である。選局した番組のコンテンツのメタデータに視聴情報要素が含まれている場合、ネットワークを介して視聴情報データを視聴率情報集計装置４４１１へ送信する。また、有線または無線の通信網を用いてネットワークに接続するネットワーク接続機能を備える。視聴率情報集計装置４１１１は、受信装置４１０６から送出された視聴情報データを集計し、得られた視聴率情報をコンテンツ送出装置４１０１に送信する。 The content transmission device 4101 is a digital broadcast transmission device that transmits content as a digital broadcast. When transmitting real-time broadcast content, a viewing information element (AudienceRating) is multiplexed and transmitted as metadata of the transmitted content. A receiving device 4106 is a digital broadcast receiving device that receives a digital broadcast. When the viewing information element is included in the metadata of the content of the selected program, the viewing information data is transmitted to the audience rating information totaling device 4411 via the network. In addition, a network connection function for connecting to a network using a wired or wireless communication network is provided. The audience rating information totaling device 4111 counts the viewing information data sent from the receiving device 4106 and transmits the obtained audience rating information to the content sending device 4101.
　コンテンツ送出装置４１０１の構成は、図２のデジタル放送送信装置の構成と同等である。 The configuration of the content transmission device 4101 is the same as the configuration of the digital broadcast transmission device in FIG.
　図４２は受信装置４１０６の構成を示すブロック図である。図４２において図１９と同一または相当部分は同一符号で示し、説明を省略する。４２０１はタッチパネルであり、デジタル放送受信装置の操作は、Ｉ／Ｏ１９２０を介し、タッチパネル４２０１で行なうことも可能である。４２０２はスピーカであり、４２０３はパネルなどの映像表示部である。スピーカ４２０２は音声出力１９１１を介してデジタル放送受信装置の音声を出力し、映像表示部４２０３は映像出力１９１４を介してデジタル放送受信装置の映像を表示する。 FIG. 42 is a block diagram showing a configuration of the receiving device 4106. In FIG. 42, the same or corresponding parts as those in FIG. Reference numeral 4201 denotes a touch panel, and the operation of the digital broadcast receiving apparatus can be performed on the touch panel 4201 via the I / O 1920. Reference numeral 4202 denotes a speaker, and 4203 denotes a video display unit such as a panel. The speaker 4202 outputs the audio of the digital broadcast receiving device via the audio output 1911, and the video display unit 4203 displays the video of the digital broadcast receiving device via the video output 1914.
　図４３は本実施例に係る受信装置４１０６のソフトウェア構成例を示すブロック図である。 FIG. 43 is a block diagram illustrating a software configuration example of the reception device 4106 according to the present embodiment.
　受信装置４１０６の機能を実現する制御ソフトウェア４３００は受信装置４１０６のＮＶＲＡＭ１９１６あるいはＲＯＭ１９１７あるいは記録媒体１９３１に保存されており、実行時はＲＡＭ１９１８に展開されＣＰＵ１９２２で実行される。 The control software 4300 for realizing the function of the receiving device 4106 is stored in the NVRAM 1916, the ROM 1917, or the recording medium 1931 of the receiving device 4106, and is expanded in the RAM 1918 and executed by the CPU 1922 at the time of execution.
　制御ソフトウェア４３００は、メタデータ抽出部４３０１、メタデータ解析部４３０２、番組情報抽出部４３０３、視聴情報データ生成部４３０４、受信機登録処理部４３０５、受信機登録情報生成部４３０６、受信機登録ＵＩ生成部４３０７、ネットワーク通信処理部４３０８で構成する。 The control software 4300 includes a metadata extraction unit 4301, a metadata analysis unit 4302, a program information extraction unit 4303, a viewing information data generation unit 4304, a receiver registration processing unit 4305, a receiver registration information generation unit 4306, and a receiver registration UI generation. A unit 4307 and a network communication processing unit 4308 are included.
　メタデータ抽出部４３０１は、受信装置４１０６のデマックス１９０９で分離されたメタデータを取得する。 The metadata extraction unit 4301 acquires the metadata separated by the demux 1909 of the receiving device 4106.
　メタデータ解析部４３０２は、メタデータ抽出部４３０１が取得したメタデータ情報から<ProgramDescription>タグを検知し、番組や視聴率に関する情報が記述された「番組の記述」を抽出する。「番組の記述」には、デジタル放送の番組名等の番組に関する基本的な情報や、視聴情報データを送信する受信装置の情報である受信機データを登録するための、受信機データの送信先を示すＵＲＩ(Ｕｎｉｆｏｒｍ　Ｒｅｓｏｕｒｃｅ　Ｉｄｅｎｔｉｆｉｅｒ）である登録受信機データ送信先情報、視聴情報データの送信先を示すＵＲＩ（Ｕｎｉｆｏｒｍ　Ｒｅｓｏｕｒｃｅ　Ｉｄｅｎｔｉｆｉｅｒ）である視聴情報データ送信先情報、並びに、番組の視聴率情報などが記述される。メタデータの記述の詳細については後述する。 The metadata analysis unit 4302 detects the <ProgramDescription> tag from the metadata information acquired by the metadata extraction unit 4301, and extracts “program description” in which information about the program and the audience rating is described. In the “program description”, receiver information transmission destination for registering receiver information, which is information on a receiver that transmits basic information on a program such as a program name of digital broadcasting and viewing information data Registered receiver data transmission destination information that is a URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) indicating the viewing information data, viewing information data transmission destination information that is a URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) indicating the transmission destination of the viewing information data, and the audience rating information of the program Described. Details of the metadata description will be described later.
　番組情報抽出部４３０３は、デジタル放送信号に含まれるＥＩＴ（Ｅｖｅｎｔ　Ｉｎｆｏｒｍａｔｉｏｎ　Ｔａｂｌｅ）などから番組名や、番組を特定する識別子などを取得し、受信中の番組を特定する。 The program information extraction unit 4303 acquires a program name, an identifier for identifying a program, and the like from an EIT (Event Information Table) included in the digital broadcast signal, and identifies a program being received.
　視聴情報データ生成部４３０４は、毎分０秒時点で視聴されている番組を番組情報抽出部４３０３から特定し、視聴率情報集計装置４１１１に送信するための視聴情報データを生成する。 The viewing information data generation unit 4304 identifies the program being viewed at 0 seconds per minute from the program information extraction unit 4303 and generates viewing information data for transmission to the audience rating information totaling device 4111.
　受信機登録処理部４３０５は、メタデータ解析部４３０２から抽出した情報内に、登録受信機データ送信先情報を検知し、かつ、登録済みフラグが0の場合に、受信機データを登録受信機データ送信先情報に送信するかどうかユーザに確認する受信機データ送信確認ＵＩ(Ｕｓｅｒ Ｉｎｔｅｒｆａｃｅ)を生成するよう受信機登録ＵＩ生成部４３０７に指示する。登録済みフラグは受信装置４１０６の電源がＯＦＦされた際に、0にリセットされる。 The receiver registration processing unit 4305 detects the registered receiver data transmission destination information in the information extracted from the metadata analysis unit 4302, and when the registered flag is 0, the receiver registration data is registered receiver data. The receiver registration UI generation unit 4307 is instructed to generate a receiver data transmission confirmation UI (User-Interface) that confirms to the user whether to transmit to the destination information. The registered flag is reset to 0 when the power of the receiving device 4106 is turned off.
　受信機登録情報生成部４３０６は、受信機データを登録受信機データ送信先情報に送信するとユーザが指定した場合に、受信装置４１０６を視聴率情報集計装置が一意に特定できるＩＤ情報を含む受信機データを作成し、ネットワーク通信処理部４３０８に対し出力する。 The receiver registration information generation unit 4306 includes a receiver that includes ID information that allows the audience rating information aggregating apparatus to uniquely identify the receiver 4106 when the user specifies that the receiver data is transmitted to the registered receiver data transmission destination information. Data is generated and output to the network communication processing unit 4308.
　受信機登録ＵＩ生成部４３０７は、受信機登録処理部４３０５から指示された場合に、受信機データ受信機データ送信確認ＵＩを生成し、受信装置４１０６のディスプレイ４２０５に表示する。さらに、受信機データが視聴率集計装置４１１１に対して正常に送信できた場合の正常応答ＵＩ、送信に失敗した場合のエラー応答ＵＩを受信装置４１０６のディスプレイ４２０５に表示する。 When instructed by the receiver registration processing unit 4305, the receiver registration UI generation unit 4307 generates a receiver data receiver data transmission confirmation UI and displays it on the display 4205 of the reception device 4106. Further, a normal response UI when the receiver data can be normally transmitted to the audience rating totaling apparatus 4111 and an error response UI when the transmission fails are displayed on the display 4205 of the receiving apparatus 4106.
　ネットワーク通信処理部４３０８は、通信I/F１９１９を介してネットワークに接続された視聴率情報集計装置４１１１とデータの送受信を行う。 The network communication processing unit 4308 transmits / receives data to / from the audience rating information totaling device 4111 connected to the network via the communication I / F 1919.
　図４４は本実施例による視聴率情報集計装置４１１１の構成を示すブロック図である。 FIG. 44 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the audience rating information totaling apparatus 4111 according to this embodiment.
　４４０１は中央演算処理部（ＣＰＵ）、４４０２は主メモリであるＲＡＭ(Random Access Memory)、４４０３はブートプログラム等が格納されているＲＯＭ(Read Only Memory)、４４０４はプログラムやデータ等を記録する記録媒体、４４０５はインターネットなどのネットワークと接続するネットワーク通信Ｉ／Ｆ、４４０６は入出力部(以下、Ｉ／Ｏ)、４４０７は画面の表示を行う画面出力部、４４０８はシステムバス、４４０９はＩ／Ｏ４４０６に接続された外部入力装置の一つであるキーボード、４４１０はＩ／Ｏ４４０６に接続された外部入力装置の一つであるマウス、４４１１は画面出力部４４０７に接続された外部ディスプレイである。 4401 is a central processing unit (CPU), 4402 is a RAM (Random Access 、 ４Memory), which is a main memory, 4403 is a ROM (Read Only 等 Memory) in which a boot program is stored, 4404 is a record for recording a program, data, and the like. 4405 is an input / output unit (hereinafter referred to as I / O), 4407 is a screen output unit for displaying a screen, 4408 is a system bus, and 4409 is an I / O. A keyboard that is one of the external input devices connected to the O4406, a mouse 4410 that is one of the external input devices connected to the I / O 4406, and an external display that is connected to the screen output unit 4407.
　図４５はコンテンツに多重化して送出されるメタデータの一例を示す図である。メタデータ４５０１は番組視聴率に関する情報を提供するコンテンツ記述メタデータである。ここではＸＭＬ(Ｅｘｔｅｎｓｉｂｌｅ　Ｍａｒｋｕｐ　Ｌａｎｇｕａｇｅ)で記述した場合を例に説明する。メタデータ４５０１は番組毎に生成し、番組コンテンツに多重化して所定の時間毎に繰り返し送出される。 FIG. 45 is a diagram showing an example of metadata transmitted after being multiplexed with content. Metadata 4501 is content description metadata that provides information about the program audience rating. Here, a description will be given taking as an example a case of description in XML (Extensible Markup Language). The metadata 4501 is generated for each program, multiplexed with the program content, and repeatedly transmitted every predetermined time.
　４５０２はＸＭＬ宣言である。<TVAMain>タグはコンテンツ記述メタデータのルート要素４６０３を示すタグである。<TVAMain>タグから<／TVAMain>タグで囲まれた部分にコンテンツ記述メタデータの内容を記述する。 4502 is an XML declaration. The <TVAMain> tag is a tag indicating the root element 4603 of the content description metadata. The content description metadata is described from the <TVAMain> tag to the part enclosed by the </ TVAMain> tag.
　４５０３はコンテンツ記述メタデータのデータ記述部である。 4503 is a data description part of content description metadata.
　<ProgramDescription>タグはコンテンツ記述メタデータの内容が「番組の記述」であることを示すタグである。受信機は、<ProgramDescription>タグによってコンテンツ記述メタデータの内容の種類を判別できる。この他、内容の種類を示すタグとしては「視聴者の嗜好または、コンテンツ利用履歴の記述」を示す<UserDescription>などを定義する。 The <ProgramDescription> tag is a tag indicating that the content of the content description metadata is “program description”. The receiver can determine the type of content description metadata by the <ProgramDescription> tag. In addition, <UserDescription> indicating “viewer preference or content usage history description” is defined as a tag indicating the type of content.
　本実施例では「番組の記述」の情報として、「番組情報の記述」を持ち、「番組視聴率に関する情報の記述」は「番組情報の記述」内の一つの要素として定義し、記述する。 In this embodiment, “program information description” is provided as “program description” information, and “program audience information description” is defined and described as one element in “program information description”.
　<ProgramInformationTable>タグはこのメタデータが「番組情報の記述」を持つことを示すタグである。「番組情報の記述」は<ProgramInformation>タグで記述する。<ProgramInformation>タグは属性情報として番組を一意に識別するIDであるprogramId５８０８を持つ。programId５８０８の「aaa」部分は放送事業者を一意に識別する情報が記述される。例えば"hitachi.com"のようなドメイン名などが設定される。programId５８０８の「bbb」部分は１つの放送事業者内で、番組を一意に識別する識別子が設定される。例えば、"<放送日時>/<コンテンツのカテゴリ>/<サービスＩＤ>/<イベントＩＤ>"の様に"/"で区切って放送日時、コンテンツのカテゴリ、サービスＩＤ、イベントＩＤなどで構成する。<放送日時>はＹＹＭＭＤＤの書式で記述する。<コンテンツのカテゴリ>はリアルタイム型放送や蓄積型放送などを示す。リアルタイム型放送はｒｔ、蓄積型放送はｆｄと記述する。これらの情報はデジタル放送信号に含まれる放送番組と共に送出される情報でもあり、受信中の番組についての情報を番組情報抽出部４３０３で取得できる。そのため、programId５８０８を前記のような構成にすることで、受信中の番組と取得したコンテンツ記述メタデータの対応付けが容易になる。 The <ProgramInformationTable> tag is a tag indicating that this metadata has “program information description”. “Program information description” is described by a <ProgramInformation> tag. The <ProgramInformation> tag has programId5808 which is an ID for uniquely identifying a program as attribute information. In the “aaa” portion of programId5808, information for uniquely identifying the broadcaster is described. For example, a domain name such as "hitachi.com" is set. The “bbb” portion of programId 5808 is set with an identifier for uniquely identifying a program within one broadcaster. For example, “<broadcast date / time> / <content category> / <service ID> / <event ID>” is separated by “/” and configured with the broadcast date / time, content category, service ID, event ID, and the like. <Broadcast date> is described in the YYMMDD format. <Content category> indicates real-time broadcasting or storage broadcasting. Real-time broadcasting is described as rt, and storage broadcasting is described as fd. These pieces of information are also information transmitted together with the broadcast program included in the digital broadcast signal, and information about the program being received can be acquired by the program information extraction unit 4303. Therefore, by configuring the programId 5808 as described above, the program being received can be easily associated with the acquired content description metadata.
　<ProgramInformation>タグは要素タグとして<BasicDescription>タグ（番組基本情報記述部）４５０４、<ViewInformation>タグ（視聴データ収集情報記述部）４５０５、<ViewRegistration>タグ（登録先情報記述部）４５０６、<RatingInformation>タグ（視聴率情報記述部）４５０７を持つ。 <ProgramInformation> tag is an element tag as <BasicDescription> tag (program basic information description part) 4504, <ViewInformation> tag (viewing data collection information description part) 4505, <ViewRegistration> tag (registration destination information description part) 4506, <RatingInformation > Has a tag (viewing rate information description part) 4507
　<BasicDescription>タグ（番組基本情報記述部）４５０４は、番組に関する基本的情報が記述することを示すタグである。番組基本情報記述部４５０４は要素タグとして、<Title>タグなどを持つ。<Title>タグは番組名を表し、<Title>タグから</Title>タグで囲まれた部分に番組名が記述される。 <BasicDescription> tag (program basic information description part) 4504 is a tag indicating that basic information about a program is described. The program basic information description unit 4504 has a <Title> tag as an element tag. The <Title> tag represents a program name, and the program name is described in a portion surrounded by the <Title> tag and the </ Title> tag.
　<ViewInformation>タグ（視聴データ収集情報記述部）４５０５は、視聴に関する情報を収集するための情報を記述することを示すタグある。視聴データ収集情報記述部４５０５は要素タグとして<ServerUri>タグなどを持つ。<ServerUri>タグには番組の視聴情報データの送信先を示すＵＲＩである視聴情報データ送信先情報が記述される。 <ViewInformation> tag (viewing data collection information description section) 4505 is a tag indicating that information for collecting information related to viewing is described. The viewing data collection information description unit 4505 has a <ServerUri> tag as an element tag. In the <ServerUri> tag, viewing information data transmission destination information which is a URI indicating the transmission destination of the viewing information data of the program is described.
　<ViewRegistration>タグ（登録先情報記述部）４５０６は、視聴情報を提供する受信機を登録するための情報を記述することを示すタグある。登録先情報記述部４５０６は要素タグとして<ServerUri>タグなどを持つ。<ServerUri>タグには視聴情報を提供する受信機を登録するための、受信機登録データの送信先を示すＵＲＩである受信機登録データ送信先情報が記述される。 <ViewRegistration> tag (registration destination information description part) 4506 is a tag indicating that information for registering a receiver that provides viewing information is described. The registration destination information description unit 4506 has a <ServerUri> tag as an element tag. In the <ServerUri> tag, receiver registration data transmission destination information which is a URI indicating a transmission destination of receiver registration data for registering a receiver that provides viewing information is described.
　<RatingInformation>（視聴率情報記述部）４５０７は、programId５８０８で示された番組の視聴率情報を記述することを示すタグある。<RatingInformation>タグは番組の視聴率情報に関する情報を記述する。視聴率情報記述部）４５０７は、要素タグとして、<Time>タグ、<Ratio>タグなどを持つ。<Time>タグはどの時刻の番組の視聴率の算出にしようした時間帯を記述する。通常は最新の視聴率を示す時間帯を記述する。
<Ratio>タグには毎分0秒のときの視聴率（毎分視聴率）の値が記述される。最大値を１００とするパーセント表示の数値を小数点以下一桁まで記述する。
なお、視聴率情報が無い場合は、このタグはコンテンツ記述メタデータに含まれない。 <RatingInformation> (viewing rate information description part) 4507 is a tag indicating that the rating information of the program indicated by programId5808 is described. The <RatingInformation> tag describes information related to audience rating information of the program. (Viewing rate information description part) 4507 has <Time> tag, <Ratio> tag, etc. as element tags. The <Time> tag describes the time zone used to calculate the audience rating of the program at any time. Usually, the time zone indicating the latest audience rating is described.
The <Ratio> tag describes the value of the audience rating (every minute audience rating) at 0 seconds per minute. Describe the numerical value in percentage display with the maximum value being 100, up to one decimal place.
When there is no audience rating information, this tag is not included in the content description metadata.
　図４６は、受信装置４１０６を、視聴情報を提供する受信機として登録するための登録処理のフロー図である。登録処理はデジタル放送の視聴中で、且つ、受信機がまだ登録されていない場合、すなわち、登録済みフラグの値が０の場合にのみ実行される。 FIG. 46 is a flowchart of a registration process for registering the receiving device 4106 as a receiver that provides viewing information. The registration process is executed only when the digital broadcast is being viewed and the receiver has not yet been registered, that is, when the value of the registered flag is 0.
　受信装置４１０６がデジタル放送の視聴を開始すると、 受信機登録処理部４３０５はメタデータ４５０１内に登録先情報記述部４５０６が存在するかをメタデータの<ViewRegistration>を検知して判断する。(ステップ４６０１)。受信機登録データ送信先情報を検知した場合、受信機登録処理部４３０５は、登録先情報記述部４５０６内の<ServerURI>タグを検出し、「受信機登録データ送信先情報」を取得する（ステップ４６０２）。受信機登録処理部４３０５は、受信機登録ＵＩ生成部４３０７に受信機データ受信機データ送信確認ＵＩの生成を要求し、ディスプレイ４２０５に表示させる(ステップ４６０３)。受信機データ送信確認ＵＩの表示例を図５４(a)に示す。５４０１は受信機データを送信すること確認するメッセージである。受信機データを送信する場合、ユーザは５４０２の「登録する」ボタンを選択する。受信機データを送信しない場合、ユーザは５４０３の「キャンセル」ボタンを選択する。受信機登録処理部４３０５は、受信機データ送信確認ＵＩのどのボタンが選択されたかを判定する(ステップ４６０４)。「キャンセル」ボタン５４０３が選択された場合は、処理を終了する。「登録する」ボタン５４０２が選択された場合、受信機登録情報生成部４３０６は、登録する受信機データを生成し、ネットワーク通信処理部４３０８を介して視聴率情報集計装置４１１１に送信する。送信先の情報はステップ４６０２で取得した受信機登録データ送信先である(ステップ４６０５)。視聴率情報集計装置４１１１に送信された受信機データに対する登録完了応答を所定のタイムアウト時間内に受信できたかどうかを判定する(ステップ４６０６)。登録完了応答を受信した場合、登録済みフラグを１に設定する(ステップ４６０７)。登録完了応答を受信した場合、受信機登録ＵＩ生成部４３０７は正常応答ＵＩ（図５４(b)）を生成し、ディスプレイ４２０５に表示し、登録処理を終了する(ステップ４６０８)。登録完了応答を受信できなかった場合、受信機登録ＵＩ生成部４３０７はエラー応答ＵＩ（図５４(c)）を生成し、ディスプレイ４２０５に表示し、未登録のまま登録処理を終了する(ステップ４６０８)。 When the receiving device 4106 starts viewing the digital broadcast, the receiver registration processing unit 4305 determines whether the registration destination information description unit 4506 exists in the metadata 4501 by detecting <ViewRegistration> of the metadata. (Step 4601). When the receiver registration data transmission destination information is detected, the receiver registration processing unit 4305 detects the <ServerURI> tag in the registration destination information description unit 4506, and acquires “receiver registration data transmission destination information” (step S3). 4602). The receiver registration processing unit 4305 requests the receiver registration UI generation unit 4307 to generate a receiver data receiver data transmission confirmation UI, and displays it on the display 4205 (step 4603). A display example of the receiver data transmission confirmation UI is shown in FIG. Reference numeral 5401 denotes a message for confirming transmission of receiver data. When transmitting receiver data, the user selects the “Register” button 5402. If the receiver data is not transmitted, the user selects the “Cancel” button 5403. The receiver registration processing unit 4305 determines which button of the receiver data transmission confirmation UI has been selected (step 4604). If the “Cancel” button 5403 is selected, the process ends. When the “Register” button 5402 is selected, the receiver registration information generating unit 4306 generates receiver data to be registered, and transmits the receiver data to the audience rating information totaling apparatus 4111 via the network communication processing unit 4308. The information of the transmission destination is the receiver registration data transmission destination acquired in step 4602 (step 4605). It is determined whether a registration completion response to the receiver data transmitted to the audience rating information totaling apparatus 4111 has been received within a predetermined timeout time (step 4606). When the registration completion response is received, the registered flag is set to 1 (step 4607). When the registration completion response is received, the receiver registration UI generation unit 4307 generates a normal response UI (FIG. 54B), displays it on the display 4205, and ends the registration process (step 4608). When the registration completion response cannot be received, the receiver registration UI generation unit 4307 generates an error response UI (FIG. 54 (c)), displays the error response UI on the display 4205, and ends the registration process without being registered (step 4608). ).
　図４７は、受信装置４１０６による視聴情報データの生成、送信処理のフロー図である。生成、送信処理フローは毎分０秒に実行される。 47 is a flowchart of viewing information data generation and transmission processing by the receiving device 4106. FIG. The generation and transmission process flow is executed at 0 second per minute.
　視聴情報データ生成部４３０４は、処理実行時の時刻を取得する。 (ステップ４７０１)。番組情報抽出部４３０３から視聴中の番組の識別情報であるサービスＩＤとイベントＩＤを取得する。(ステップ４７０２)。視聴情報データ生成部４３０４はメタデータ解析部４３０２から視聴中の番組に対応するメタデータを取得する。このとき、検索引数としてステップ４７０２で取得したサービスＩＤとイベントＩＤを渡す。メタデータ解析部４３０２は<ProgramInformation>タグの<programId>４５０８と渡された引数サービスＩＤとイベントＩＤを比較して、要求されたメタデータを返す。
視聴情報データ生成部４３０４は取得したメタデータから、視聴データ収集情報記述部４５０５を<ViewInformation>タグを検知して抽出し、<ServerUri>タグに記述された「視聴情報データ送信先情報」を取得する(ステップ４７０３)。視聴情報データ生成部４３０４は図４８に示す視聴情報データを生成する(ステップ４７０４)。視聴情報データ生成部４３０４は生成した視聴データを、ステップ４７０３で抽出した視聴情報データ送信先に対し、ネットワーク通信処理部４３０８を介して送信する(ステップ４７０５)。 The viewing information data generation unit 4304 acquires the time when the process is executed. (Step 4701). The service ID and event ID, which are identification information of the program being viewed, are acquired from the program information extraction unit 4303. (Step 4702). The viewing information data generation unit 4304 acquires metadata corresponding to the program being viewed from the metadata analysis unit 4302. At this time, the service ID and event ID acquired in step 4702 are passed as search arguments. The metadata analysis unit 4302 compares the <programId> 4508 of the <ProgramInformation> tag with the argument service ID and the event ID that have been passed, and returns the requested metadata.
The viewing information data generation unit 4304 extracts the viewing data collection information description unit 4505 from the acquired metadata by detecting the <ViewInformation> tag, and acquires “viewing information data transmission destination information” described in the <ServerUri> tag. (Step 4703). The viewing information data generation unit 4304 generates the viewing information data shown in FIG. 48 (step 4704). The viewing information data generation unit 4304 transmits the generated viewing data to the viewing information data transmission destination extracted in step 4703 via the network communication processing unit 4308 (step 4705).
　図４８は視聴情報データの一例を示す図である。ここではＸＭＬ(Ｅｘｔｅｎｓｉｂｌｅ　Ｍａｒｋｕｐ　Ｌａｎｇｕａｇｅ)で記述した場合を例に説明する。視聴情報データ４８０１はＸＭＬで記述され、４８０２はＸＭＬ宣言である。<ViewInformationTable>は受信装置４１０６の視聴情報に関するテーブルを記述するための要素(タグ)である。<ViewInformationTable>タグは<ViewInformation>タグを持ち、1つの< ViewInformationTable>タグ内に複数の<ViewInformation>タグを記述することができる。<ViewInformation>タグは番組毎の視聴情報を記述するための要素(タグ)である。<ViewInformation>タグは、<programId>タグ、<Time>タグ、<ReceiverId>タグを持つ。<programId>タグは視聴番組のチャンネル情報を記述するタグであり、コンテンツ送出装置４１０１から送出されるメタデータ４５０１内の<ProgramInformation>タグの属性情報のprogramId４５０８を利用する。<Time>タグは、この視聴情報データをとった時刻を示す。時刻はYYYY-MMDDThh:mm:ss形式で記述する。YYYYは4桁の年、MMは2桁の月、DDは2桁の日、hhは2桁の時、mmは2桁の分、ssは必ず00、で表わされる。<ReceiverId>タグは、受信装置４１０６を一意に特定する受信機データと同じものを記述する。 FIG. 48 is a diagram showing an example of viewing information data. Here, a description will be given taking as an example a case of description in XML (Extensible Markup Language). The viewing information data 4801 is described in XML, and 4802 is an XML declaration. <ViewInformationTable> is an element (tag) for describing a table related to viewing information of the receiving device 4106. The <ViewInformationTable> tag has a <ViewInformation> tag, and a plurality of <ViewInformation> tags can be described in one <ViewInformationTable> tag. The <ViewInformation> tag is an element (tag) for describing viewing information for each program. <ViewInformation> tag has <programId> tag, <Time> tag, and <ReceiverId> tag. The <programId> tag is a tag that describes channel information of a viewing program, and uses the programId 4508 of attribute information of the <ProgramInformation> tag in the metadata 4501 transmitted from the content transmission apparatus 4101. The <Time> tag indicates the time when the viewing information data was taken. The time is described in the YYYY-MMDDThh: mm: ss format. YYYY is a 4-digit year, MM is a 2-digit month, DD is a 2-digit day, hh is a 2-digit hour, mm is a 2-digit minute, and ss is always 00. The <ReceiverId> tag describes the same receiver data that uniquely identifies the receiving device 4106.
　図４９は、受信機登録情報生成部４３０６が生成し、送信する受信機データの一例を示す図である。ここではＸＭＬで記述した場合を例に説明する。 FIG. 49 is a diagram illustrating an example of receiver data generated and transmitted by the receiver registration information generation unit 4306. Here, a description will be given by taking an example described in XML.
　受信機データ４９０１はＸＭＬで記述され、４９０２はＸＭＬ宣言である。<ViewRegistrationTable>は受信装置４１０６の受信機情報に関するテーブルを記述するための要素(タグ)である。<ViewRegistrationTable>タグは<ViewRegistration>タグを持つ。<ViewRegistration>タグは、受信装置４１０６を一意に特定するための情報を記述するための要素(タグ)である。<ViewRegistration>タグは、<ReceiverId>タグを持つ。<ReceiverId>タグは受信装置４１０６を位置に特定するための情報を記述する。具体的には、携帯電話の場合であれば電話番号、メールアドレス等がこれにあたる。 Receiver data 4901 is described in XML, and 4902 is an XML declaration. <ViewRegistrationTable> is an element (tag) for describing a table related to receiver information of the receiving device 4106. The <ViewRegistrationTable> tag has a <ViewRegistration> tag. The <ViewRegistration> tag is an element (tag) for describing information for uniquely identifying the receiving device 4106. The <ViewRegistration> tag has a <ReceiverId> tag. The <ReceiverId> tag describes information for identifying the receiving device 4106 as a position. Specifically, in the case of a mobile phone, a telephone number, an e-mail address, etc. correspond to this.
　図５０は、視聴率情報集計装置４１１１のソフトウェア構成例を示した図である。 FIG. 50 is a diagram illustrating a software configuration example of the audience rating information totaling device 4111.
　視聴率情報集計装置４１１１の機能を実現する制御ソフトウェアは視聴率情報集計装置４１１１のＲＡＭ４４０２あるいはＲＯＭ４４０３あるいは記録媒体４４０４に保存されており、実行時はＲＡＭ４４０２に展開されＣＰＵ４４０１で実行される。 Control software that realizes the function of the audience rating information totaling apparatus 4111 is stored in the RAM 4402, the ROM 4403, or the recording medium 4404 of the audience rating information totaling apparatus 4111, and is expanded in the RAM 4402 and executed by the CPU 4401 at the time of execution.
　図５０で示すソフトウェアは、視聴情報データ受信処理部５００１、受信機データ受信処理部５００２、視聴率情報算出部５００３、視聴率情報提供部５００４で構成する。 50 includes a viewing information data reception processing unit 5001, a receiver data reception processing unit 5002, an audience rating information calculation unit 5003, and an audience rating information provision unit 5004.
　視聴情報データ受信処理部５００１で処理されるフローについて図５５を用いて説明する。 The flow processed by the viewing information data reception processing unit 5001 will be described with reference to FIG.
　視聴情報報データ受信処理部５００１は視聴情報データ４８０１をネットワーク通信処理部４３０８から受信する(ステップ５５０１)。視聴情報データ４８０１から<programId>情報、<Time>情報、<ReceiverId>情報を抽出する(ステップ５５０２)。ステップ５５０２で抽出した<ReceiverId>情報が、受信機データとして既に登録されている<ReceiverId>情報が存在するか判定する(ステップ５５０３)。<ReceiverId>情報が既に登録されていて、かつ、<programId>情報と<Time>情報と<ReceiverId>情報との組み合わせが重複した視聴情報データが既に保存されているかどうかを判定する(ステップ５５０４)。重複していない、つまり新規の視聴情報データの場合、受信した視聴情報データを記憶媒体４４０４に保存する(ステップ５５０５)。登録されていない<ReceiverId>情報の視聴情報データを受信した場合、または、重複した視聴情報データが既に保存されていた場合は受信した視聴情報データを破棄する(ステップ５５０６)。 Viewing information report data reception processing unit 5001 receives viewing information data 4801 from network communication processing unit 4308 (step 5501). <ProgramId> information, <Time> information, and <ReceiverId> information are extracted from the viewing information data 4801 (step 5502). It is determined whether the <ReceiverId> information extracted in step 5502 includes <ReceiverId> information already registered as receiver data (step 5503). It is determined whether or not <ReceiverId> information has already been registered and viewing information data in which a combination of <programId> information, <Time> information, and <ReceiverId> information is duplicated is already stored (step 5504). . If there is no overlap, that is, new viewing information data, the received viewing information data is stored in the storage medium 4404 (step 5505). When viewing information data of <ReceiverId> information that is not registered is received, or when duplicate viewing information data is already stored, the received viewing information data is discarded (step 5506).
　受信機データ受信処理部５００２で処理されるフローについて図５６を用いて説明する。受信機データ受信処理部５００２は受信機データ４９０１をネットワーク通信処理部４３０８から受信する(ステップ５６０１)。受信機データ４９０１から<ReceiverId>情報を抽出する(ステップ５６０２)。<ReceiverId>情報が重複した視聴情報データが既に保存されているかどうかを判定する(５６０３)。重複していない、つまり新規の受信機データの場合、受信した受信機データを記憶媒体４４０４に保存する(ステップ５６０４)。重複した受信機データが既に保存されていた場合、受信した受信機データを破棄する(ステップ５６０５)。受信機データを保存した場合は正常応答、破棄した場合はエラー応答を受信機に対してネットワーク経由で送信する(ステップ５６０６)。 The flow processed by the receiver data reception processing unit 5002 will be described with reference to FIG. The receiver data reception processing unit 5002 receives the receiver data 4901 from the network communication processing unit 4308 (step 5601). <ReceiverId> information is extracted from the receiver data 4901 (step 5602). It is determined whether or not the viewing information data in which the <ReceiverId> information is duplicated is already stored (5603). If there is no overlap, that is, new receiver data, the received receiver data is stored in the storage medium 4404 (step 5604). If duplicate receiver data has already been stored, the received receiver data is discarded (step 5605). When the receiver data is stored, a normal response is transmitted, and when it is discarded, an error response is transmitted to the receiver via the network (step 5606).
　視聴率情報算出部５００３で処理されるフローについて図５７を用いて説明する。視聴率情報算出部５００３は所定のタイミングまで待機し、処理を実行する。ここでの所定のタイミングとは時刻が00秒となる1分周期を最小単位とし、処理負荷や必要に応じて、5分周期や10分周期と変更してもよい。本実施例では5分周期の場合を例に説明する。 The flow processed by the audience rating information calculation unit 5003 will be described with reference to FIG. The audience rating information calculation unit 5003 waits until a predetermined timing and executes processing. Here, the predetermined timing may be changed to a 1-minute period at which the time is 00 seconds as a minimum unit, and may be changed to a 5-minute period or a 10-minute period as necessary. In this embodiment, a case of a 5-minute cycle will be described as an example.
　5分周期で時刻が00秒になる視聴率算出タイミングを判定する(ステップ５７０１)。視聴率算出タイミングになった場合、このタイミングから1分前の時刻が00秒になる<Time>情報を持つ視聴情報データの数を<programId>情報毎に集計した数を分子とし、受信機データから登録された<ReceiverId>の数を分母とし、最大値を１００とするパーセント表示の数値を番組の視聴率として小数点以下一桁まで算出する(ステップ５７０２)。この視聴率を、コンテンツ送出装置４４０１に視聴率集計データとして送信する(ステップ５７０３)。
視聴率情報提供部５００４は、視聴率情報算出部５００３で算出された視聴率集計データを、メタデータ４５０７と同じ書式に変換し、ネットワーク通信処理部４３０８を経由してコンテンツ送出装置４１０１に送信する。視聴率情報提供部５００４で送信するデータをＸＭＬで記述した場合の一例を図５８に示す。視聴率集計データ５８０１はＸＭＬで記述され、５８０２はＸＭＬ宣言である。<ProgramInformation>タグで記述される番組毎の視聴率データ５８０３、５８０４、５８０５はそれぞれ、異なるprogramId属性情報を持ち、番組毎に一意に特定できる。<RatingInformation>情報内の<Time>情報は全て同じタイミングの視聴率を集計したため、同じである。<Ratio>情報は<programId>情報毎の視聴率が記述されている。 The audience rating calculation timing at which the time is 00 seconds in a 5-minute cycle is determined (step 5701). When the audience rating calculation timing is reached, the time 1 minute before this timing is 00 seconds. The number of viewing information data with <Time> information is counted for each <programId> information as the numerator, and the receiver data The number of <ReceiverId> registered from 1 is used as a denominator, and a numerical value in percentage display with a maximum value of 100 is calculated as a viewing rate of the program to one decimal place (step 5702). This audience rating is transmitted to the content transmission device 4401 as audience rating aggregate data (step 5703).
The audience rating information providing unit 5004 converts the audience rating aggregated data calculated by the audience rating information calculating unit 5003 into the same format as the metadata 4507, and transmits it to the content transmission apparatus 4101 via the network communication processing unit 4308. . FIG. 58 shows an example when the data to be transmitted by the audience rating information providing unit 5004 is described in XML. The audience rating total data 5801 is described in XML, and 5802 is an XML declaration. The audience rating data 5803, 5804, and 5805 for each program described by the <ProgramInformation> tag has different programId attribute information, and can be uniquely specified for each program. The <Time> information in the <RatingInformation> information is the same because all the audience ratings at the same timing are totaled. The <Ratio> information describes the audience rating for each <programId> information.
　視聴率データを受信したコンテンツ送出装置は、視聴率データ５８０３、５８０４、５８０５をそのままメタデータ４５０７として利用することができる。 The content transmission apparatus that has received the audience rating data can use the audience rating data 5803, 5804, and 5805 as metadata 4507 as they are.
　本実施例により、視聴率情報集計装置は受信機からの視聴情報データを番組放送中にほぼリアルタイムで取得可能である。また、取得した視聴率情報を集計し、随時コンテンツ送出装置に提供する。これにより、コンテンツを送出する放送事業者は放送した番組の視聴率をほぼリアルタイムで得ることが可能となる。 According to the present embodiment, the audience rating information totaling apparatus can obtain the viewing information data from the receiver almost in real time during the program broadcast. Moreover, the acquired audience rating information is totaled and provided to the content transmission apparatus as needed. As a result, a broadcaster that sends out content can obtain the viewing rate of the broadcasted program almost in real time.
　本実施例では、受信機４１０６がメタデータを用いて配信される番組の視聴率情報を受信し、ユーザに提示する場合について説明する。 In this embodiment, a case where the receiver 4106 receives audience rating information of a program distributed using metadata and presents it to the user will be described.
　図５１は、本実施例に係る受信装置４１０６のソフトウェア構成例を示す図である。 FIG. 51 is a diagram illustrating a software configuration example of the reception device 4106 according to the present embodiment.
　視聴率情報抽出部５１０１は、メタデータ解析部４３０２から抽出したメタデータ４５０１の<RatingInformation>情報４５０７を抽出する。 The audience rating information extraction unit 5101 extracts <RatingInformation> information 4507 of the metadata 4501 extracted from the metadata analysis unit 4302.
　図５２はメタデータ４５０１から視聴率情報を取得しユーザに提示する処理フローを示す図である。 FIG. 52 is a diagram showing a processing flow for obtaining audience rating information from the metadata 4501 and presenting it to the user.
　番組情報抽出部４３０３は現在の視聴中の番組情報を取得し、視聴率情報抽出部５１０１はメタデータ４５０７から<Ratio>情報をを抽出する(ステップ５２０１)。<Ratio>の視聴率情報を受信装置４１０６のディスプレイ４２０５の右上部に表示する(ステップ５２０２)。 The program information extraction unit 4303 acquires the currently viewed program information, and the audience rating information extraction unit 5101 extracts <Ratio> information from the metadata 4507 (step 5201). The audience rating information of <Ratio> is displayed in the upper right part of the display 4205 of the receiving device 4106 (step 5202).
　図５３は、受信装置４１０６のディスプレイ４２０５に表示される視聴率情報の表示例を示す図である。番組と同時に、画面の右上部に視聴率情報を表示する。 FIG. 53 is a diagram showing a display example of audience rating information displayed on the display 4205 of the reception device 4106. At the same time as the program, audience rating information is displayed in the upper right part of the screen.
　本実施例により、視聴率情報集計装置は受信機からの視聴情報データを番組放送中にほぼリアルタイムで取得可能である。また、取得した視聴率情報を集計し、随時コンテンツ送出装置に提供する。これにより、コンテンツを送出する放送事業者は放送した番組の視聴率をほぼリアルタイムで得ることが可能となる。更に、コンテンツ送出装置は取得した視聴率情報をコンテンツのメタデータとしてデジタル放送波で送出する。これにより、ユーザは視聴している番組の視聴率をほぼリアルタイムで知ることが可能となる。 According to the present embodiment, the audience rating information totaling apparatus can obtain the viewing information data from the receiver almost in real time during the program broadcast. Moreover, the acquired audience rating information is totaled and provided to the content transmission apparatus as needed. As a result, a broadcaster that sends out content can obtain the viewing rate of the broadcasted program almost in real time. Further, the content transmission device transmits the acquired audience rating information as content metadata by digital broadcast waves. Thereby, the user can know the audience rating of the program being viewed in almost real time.
　なお、本発明は上記した実施例に限定されるものではなく、様々な変形例が含まれる。例えば、上記した実施例は本発明を分かりやすく説明するために詳細に説明したものであり、必ずしも説明した全ての構成を備えるものに限定されるものではない。また、ある実施例の構成の一部を他の実施例の構成に置き換えることが可能であり、また、ある実施例の構成に他の実施例の構成を加えることも可能である。また、各実施例の構成の一部について、他の構成の追加・削除・置換をすることが可能である。 
　また、上記の各構成、機能、処理部、処理手段等は、それらの一部又は全部を、例えば集積回路で設計する等によりハードウェアで実現してもよい。また、上記の各構成、機能等は、プロセッサがそれぞれの機能を実現するプログラムを解釈し、実行することによりソフトウェアで実現してもよい。各機能を実現するプログラム、テーブル、ファイル等の情報は、メモリや、ハードディスク、ＳＳＤ（Solid State Drive）等の記録装置、または、ＩＣカード、ＳＤカード、ＤＶＤ等の記録媒体に置くことができる。 In addition, this invention is not limited to an above-described Example, Various modifications are included. For example, the above-described embodiments have been described in detail for easy understanding of the present invention, and are not necessarily limited to those having all the configurations described. Further, a part of the configuration of one embodiment can be replaced with the configuration of another embodiment, and the configuration of another embodiment can be added to the configuration of one embodiment. Further, it is possible to add, delete, and replace other configurations for a part of the configuration of each embodiment.
Each of the above-described configurations, functions, processing units, processing means, and the like may be realized by hardware by designing a part or all of them with, for example, an integrated circuit. Each of the above-described configurations, functions, and the like may be realized by software by interpreting and executing a program that realizes each function by the processor. Information such as programs, tables, and files for realizing each function can be stored in a recording device such as a memory, a hard disk, an SSD (Solid State Drive), or a recording medium such as an IC card, an SD card, or a DVD.
　また、制御線や情報線は説明上必要と考えられるものを示しており、製品上必ずしも全ての制御線や情報線を示しているとは限らない。実際には殆ど全ての構成が相互に接続されていると考えてもよい。 Also, the control lines and information lines indicate what is considered necessary for the explanation, and not all the control lines and information lines on the product are necessarily shown. Actually, it may be considered that almost all the components are connected to each other.
１０１、４１０１…コンテンツ送出装置
１０２…欠損補完用データ送出装置
１０３…ライセンス管理装置
１０４…決済システム・顧客管理システム
１０５…リムーバブルメディア
１０６、４１０６…受信装置
１０７…蓄積装置
１０８…メタデータ送出装置
２０１…マルチメディア信号発生部
２０２…13セグメント形式符号化部
２０３…3セグメント形式符号化部
２０４…連結フレーム構成部
２０５…再連結フレーム構成部
２０６…逆高速フーリエ変換(ＩＦＦＴ)／ガードインターバル付加部
２０７…アップコンバータ部
２０８…送信アンプ部
２０９…アンテナ
２１１…ＲＳ(リード・ソロモン)符号化部
２１２…変調・符号化部
２１３…インタリーブ部
２１４…フレーム構成部
２１５…階層分割部
２１６…階層合成部
２２１…ＲＳ(リード・ソロモン)符号化部
２２２…変調・符号化部
２２３…インタリーブ部
２２４…フレーム構成部
３０１…コンテンツ／メタデータ登録機能
３０２…メタデータ生成機能
３０３…メタデータ蓄積機能
３０４…コンテンツ蓄積・再生機能
３０５…コンテンツ暗号化機能
３０６…記録媒体
３０７…マルチメディア信号発生部
６０１…入力
６０２…エネルギー拡散部
６０３…遅延補正部
６０４…バイトインターリーブ部
６０５…畳み込み符号化部
６０６…キャリア変調部
６０７…ビットインターリーブ部
６０８…マッピング部
６０９…出力
７０１…入力
７０２…パイロット信号構成部
７０３…ＴＭＣＣ(Transmission and Multiplexing Configuration Control)信号構成部
７０４…ＡＣ(Auxiliary Channel)信号構成部
７０５…ＯＦＤＭフレーム構成部
７０６…出力
１９０１…アンテナ
１９０２…選局部
１９０３…直交復調部
１９０４…高速フーリエ変換(ＦＦＴ)部
１９０５…復調復号部
１９０６…同期再生部
１９０７…フレーム抽出部
１９０８…ＴＭＣＣ復号部
１９０９…デマックス部
１９１０…圧縮された放送音声信号のデコード部
１９１１…音声出力部
１９１２…圧縮された放送映像信号のデコード部
１９１３…提示処理部
１９１４…映像出力部
１９１５…システムデコード部
１９１６…書き換え可能タイプ不揮発性メモリ(ＮＶＲＡＭ)
１９１７…ＲＯＭ(Read Only Memory)
１９１８…ＲＡＭ(Random Access Memory)
１９１９…通信回線インターフェース(Ｉ／Ｆ)
１９２０…入出力部(Ｉ／Ｏ)
１９２１…システムバス
１９２２…中央演算処理部(ＣＰＵ)
１９２３…ボタン
１９２４…フロント・エンド (Ｆ／Ｅ)
１９２５…バック・エンド (Ｂ／Ｅ)部
１９２６…デジタル放送受信装置
１９２７…リムーバブルメディア
１９２８…デスクランブル１部
１９２９…デスクランブル２部
１９３０…CAS（Conditional Access System）
１９３１…記録媒体
２１０１…入力
２１０２…キャリア復調部
２１０３…デインターリーブ部
２１０４…デマッピング部
２１０５…ビットデインターリーブ部
２１０６…デパンクチャ部
２１０７…ビタビ復号部
２１０８…バイトデインターリーブ部
２１０９…エネルギー逆拡散部
２１１０…ＴＳ再生部
２１１１…ＲＳ(リード・ソロモン)復号部
２１１２…出力
２１２１…階層分割部
２１２２…階層合成部
２２０１…入力
２２０２…キャリア復調部
２２０３…デインターリーブ部
２２０４…デマッピング部
２２０５…ビットデインターリーブ部
２２０６…デパンクチャ部
２２０７…ビタビ復号部
２２０８…バイトデインターリーブ部
２２０９…エネルギー逆拡散部
２２１０…ＴＳ再生部
２２１１…ＲＳ(リード・ソロモン)復号部
２２１２…出力
４１１１…視聴率情報集計装置
４３０１…メタデータ抽出部
４３０２…メタデータ解析部
４３０３…番組情報抽出部
４３０４…視聴情報データ生成部
４３０５…受信機登録処理部
４３０６…受信機登録情報生成部
４３０７…受信機登録ＵＩ生成部
４３０８…ネットワーク通信処理部
４５０１…コンテンツ送出装置から配信されるメタデータ
４５０４…番組の基本情報を記述するメタデータ要素
４５０５…視聴情報データ送信先情報を記述するメタデータ要素
４５０６…登録受信機データ送信先情報を記述するメタデータ要素
４５０７…番組の視聴率情報を記載するメタデータ要素
４８０１…番組の視聴情報を含む視聴情報データ
４８０３…番組毎の視聴情報
４９０１…受信機情報を含む受信機データ
４９０３…受信機毎の受信機情報
５００１…視聴情報データ受信処理部
５００２…受信機データ受信処理部
５００３…視聴率情報算出部
５１０１…視聴率処理部 101, 4101 ... Content sending device 102 ... Data sending device for defect complementation 103 ... License management device 104 ... Payment system / customer management system 105 ... Removable media 106, 4106 ... Receiving device 107 ... Storage device 108 ... Metadata sending device 201 ... Multimedia signal generator 202... 13 segment format encoding unit 203... 3 segment format encoding unit 204... Concatenated frame configuration unit 205 .. reconcatenated frame configuration unit 206 ... inverse fast Fourier transform (IFFT) / guard interval addition unit 207. Up-converter unit 208 ... Transmitting amplifier unit 209 ... Antenna 211 ... RS (Reed-Solomon) encoding unit 212 ... Modulation / encoding unit 213 ... Interleaving unit 214 ... Frame configuration unit 215 ... Hierarchy division unit 216 ... Hierarchy synthesis unit 221 ... RS (Reed Solomo ) Encoding unit 222 ... Modulation / coding unit 223 ... Interleaving unit 224 ... Frame configuration unit 301 ... Content / metadata registration function 302 ... Metadata generation function 303 ... Metadata storage function 304 ... Content storage / playback function 305 ... Content Encryption function 306 ... Recording medium 307 ... Multimedia signal generation unit 601 ... Input 602 ... Energy diffusion unit 603 ... Delay correction unit 604 ... Byte interleaving unit 605 ... Convolutional encoding unit 606 ... Carrier modulation unit 607 ... Bit interleaving unit 608 ... Mapping unit 609 ... Output 701 ... Input 702 ... Pilot signal configuration unit 703 ... TMCC (Transmission and Multiplexing Configuration Control) signal configuration unit 704 ... AC (Auxiliary Channel) signal configuration unit 705 ... OFDM frame configuration unit 706 ... Output 1901 ... Antenna 19 2 ... Channel selection unit 1903 ... Orthogonal demodulation unit 1904 ... Fast Fourier transform (FFT) unit 1905 ... Demodulation decoding unit 1906 ... Synchronous reproduction unit 1907 ... Frame extraction unit 1908 ... TMCC decoding unit 1909 ... Demax unit 1910 ... Compressed broadcast audio signal Decoding unit 1911 ... audio output unit 1912 ... compressed broadcast video signal decoding unit 1913 ... presentation processing unit 1914 ... video output unit 1915 ... system decoding unit 1916 ... rewritable nonvolatile memory (NVRAM)
1917 ... ROM (Read Only Memory)
1918 ... RAM (Random Access Memory)
1919 Communication interface (I / F)
1920 ... Input / output unit (I / O)
1921 ... System bus 1922 ... Central processing unit (CPU)
1923 ... Button 1924 ... Front End (F / E)
1925 ... Back end (B / E) part 1926 ... Digital broadcast receiver 1927 ... Removable media 1928 ... Descramble part 1 1929 ... Descramble part 2 1930 ... CAS (Conditional Access System)
1931 ... Recording medium 2101 ... Input 2102 ... Carrier demodulation unit 2103 ... Deinterleaving unit 2104 ... Demapping unit 2105 ... Bit deinterleaving unit 2106 ... Depuncture unit 2107 ... Viterbi decoding unit 2108 ... Byte deinterleaving unit 2109 ... Energy despreading unit 2110 ... TS reproduction unit 2111 ... RS (Reed-Solomon) decoding unit 2112 ... Output 2121 ... Hierarchy division unit 2122 ... Hierarchy synthesis unit 2201 ... Input 2202 ... Carrier demodulation unit 2203 ... Deinterleaving unit 2204 ... Demapping unit 2205 ... Bit deinterleave Unit 2206 Depuncture unit 2207 Viterbi decoding unit 2208 Byte deinterleaving unit 2209 Energy despreading unit 2210 TS reproduction unit 2211 RS (Reed-Solomon) decoding unit 2212 Output 4 111 ... audience rating information totaling device 4301 ... metadata extraction unit 4302 ... metadata analysis unit 4303 ... program information extraction unit 4304 ... viewing information data generation unit 4305 ... receiver registration processing unit 4306 ... receiver registration information generation unit 4307 ... reception Machine registration UI generation unit 4308... Network communication processing unit 4501... Metadata 4504 distributed from the content sending device. Metadata element 4505 describing basic information of the program. Metadata element 4506 describing viewing information data transmission destination information. Metadata element 4507 describing registered receiver data transmission destination information ... Metadata element 4801 describing audience rating information of program ... Viewing information data 4803 including viewing information of program ... Viewing information 4901 for each program ... Receiver information Including receiver data 4903 ... Receiver information 5001 for each receiver ... Hearing information data receiver 5002 ... receiver data receiver 5003 ... ratings information calculation unit 5101 ... viewership processor

Claims (3)

  1. 　デジタル放送波により、番組とともに、受信装置で生成される視聴情報データを送信するための送信先情報を含むメタデータを送出する送出装置と、
    　前記デジタル放送を受信して、番組を選局する受信部と、
    　前記受信部で特定の番組を所定の時間以上選局する状態が継続した場合に、当該番組を視聴中の番組とした、番組名と選局時刻からなる視聴情報データを生成する視聴情報データ生成部と、
    　前記受信部で受信したデジタル放送のメタデータから前記視聴情報データを送信するための送信先情報を抽出する送信先情報抽出部と、
    　前記視聴情報データを前記送信先情報に従って送信する送信部と、
    　を備える受信装置と、
    からなるデジタル放送送受信システム。     A sending device for sending metadata including transmission destination information for sending viewing information data generated by a receiving device together with a program by digital broadcast waves;
    A receiver for receiving the digital broadcast and selecting a program;
    Viewing information data generation for generating viewing information data including a program name and a tuning time, when the receiving unit continues to select a specific program for a predetermined time or longer, and the program is viewed. And
    A transmission destination information extracting unit for extracting transmission destination information for transmitting the viewing information data from the digital broadcast metadata received by the reception unit;
    A transmission unit for transmitting the viewing information data according to the transmission destination information;
    A receiving device comprising:
    Digital broadcasting transmission / reception system consisting of
  2. 　メタデータを含むデジタル放送を受信して、番組を選局する受信部と、
    　前記受信部で特定の番組を所定の時間以上選局する状態が継続した場合に、当該番組を視聴中の番組とした、番組名と選局時刻からなる視聴情報データを生成する視聴情報データ生成部と、
    　前記受信部で受信したデジタル放送のメタデータから前記視聴情報データを送信するための送信先情報を抽出する送信先情報抽出部と、
    　前記視聴情報データを前記送信先情報に従って送信する送信部と、
    　を備えることを特徴とする受信装置。     Receiving a digital broadcast including metadata and selecting a program; and
    Viewing information data generation for generating viewing information data including a program name and a tuning time, when the receiving unit continues to select a specific program for a predetermined time or longer, and the program is viewed. And
    A transmission destination information extracting unit for extracting transmission destination information for transmitting the viewing information data from the digital broadcast metadata received by the reception unit;
    A transmission unit for transmitting the viewing information data according to the transmission destination information;
    A receiving apparatus comprising:
  3. 　デジタル放送波により、番組とともに、受信装置で生成される視聴情報データを送信するための送信先情報を含むメタデータを送出することを特徴とする送出装置。 A sending device characterized by sending metadata including transmission destination information for sending viewing information data generated by a receiving device together with a program by a digital broadcast wave.
PCT/JP2011/006843 2011-12-07 2011-12-07 Digital broadcast transmitting/receiving system, receiver apparatus, and sending apparatus WO2013084263A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/JP2011/006843 WO2013084263A1 (en) 2011-12-07 2011-12-07 Digital broadcast transmitting/receiving system, receiver apparatus, and sending apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/JP2011/006843 WO2013084263A1 (en) 2011-12-07 2011-12-07 Digital broadcast transmitting/receiving system, receiver apparatus, and sending apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2013084263A1 true WO2013084263A1 (en) 2013-06-13

Family

ID=48573675

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2011/006843 WO2013084263A1 (en) 2011-12-07 2011-12-07 Digital broadcast transmitting/receiving system, receiver apparatus, and sending apparatus

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2013084263A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104394433A (en) * 2014-11-27 2015-03-04 北京国双科技有限公司 Method and device for detecting play times of multimedia file in television channel

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2004274394A (en) * 2003-03-07 2004-09-30 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Audiovisual information collection method for broadcasting directed to reception on mobile terminal
JP2006222574A (en) * 2005-02-08 2006-08-24 Mitsubishi Electric Corp Digital broadcast receiving terminal
WO2007097387A1 (en) * 2006-02-22 2007-08-30 Access Co., Ltd. Program broadcast system and program content distribution system

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2004274394A (en) * 2003-03-07 2004-09-30 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Audiovisual information collection method for broadcasting directed to reception on mobile terminal
JP2006222574A (en) * 2005-02-08 2006-08-24 Mitsubishi Electric Corp Digital broadcast receiving terminal
WO2007097387A1 (en) * 2006-02-22 2007-08-30 Access Co., Ltd. Program broadcast system and program content distribution system

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104394433A (en) * 2014-11-27 2015-03-04 北京国双科技有限公司 Method and device for detecting play times of multimedia file in television channel
CN104394433B (en) * 2014-11-27 2019-04-12 北京国双科技有限公司 The method and apparatus for detecting the broadcasting time of multimedia file in television channel

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11696000B2 (en) Method for transmitting broadcast signals and method for receiving broadcast signals
JP5733769B2 (en) Content receiving apparatus, content receiving method, and digital broadcast transmission / reception system
US9736547B2 (en) Method for mapping signaling information to announcement information and broadcast receiver
JP4631235B2 (en) Digital broadcast transmission method, digital broadcast transmission apparatus, and digital broadcast reception apparatus
JP5071544B2 (en) Digital broadcast transmission method, digital broadcast transmission apparatus, and digital broadcast reception apparatus
US8347343B2 (en) Method for receiving a broadcast signal
US20160352793A1 (en) Apparatus for processing a hybrid broadcast service, and method for processing a hybrid broadcast service
KR101769381B1 (en) Method for transmitting and receiving a broadcast signal and a broadcast receiver using the method
EP3923589A1 (en) Broadcast signal transmission device, broadcast signal transmission method, broadcast signal reception method, and broadcast signal reception device
JP6599864B2 (en) Broadcast signal transmitting apparatus, broadcast signal receiving apparatus, broadcast signal transmitting method, and broadcast signal receiving method
US8185925B2 (en) Digital broadcasting system and method of processing data in the digital broadcasting system
US20230353266A1 (en) Broadcast receiving apparatus and method of processing transmission waves
WO2012042746A1 (en) Digital broadcast transmitting/receiving system, and content sending apparatus and receiving apparatus
JP2012100179A (en) Transmitter and transmission method for digital broadcasting, and receiver and reception method for digital broadcasting
WO2013084263A1 (en) Digital broadcast transmitting/receiving system, receiver apparatus, and sending apparatus
JP2013157680A (en) Receiving device and digital broadcast transmitting and receiving system
WO2013124900A1 (en) Transmitter apparatus, receiver apparatus, and transmission/reception method
WO2013084262A1 (en) Digital broadcast transmitting/receiving system, receiver apparatus, and content sending apparatus
JP2014033331A (en) Reception device and transmission/reception system
US20170134809A1 (en) Broadcasting signal transmission apparatus, broadcasting signal reception apparatus, broadcasting signal transmission method, and broadcasting signal reception method
JP2012100178A (en) Transmitter and transmission method for digital broadcasting, and receiver and reception method for digital broadcasting
JP2012074921A (en) Transmitter and transmission method for digital broadcasting, and receiver and reception method for digital broadcasting
JP2013131876A (en) Digital broadcast transmitter and digital broadcast receiver
JP2013128231A (en) Digital broadcast reception system, digital broadcast transmitter and digital broadcast receiver
KR20070070953A (en) Data structure and method for epg service and mobile-type broadcasting receiver

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 11877146

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 11877146

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: JP